1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
22 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
24 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
25 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
26 out locations for types and decls.
27 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
28 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
30 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
31 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
32 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
33 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
36 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
38 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
39 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
40 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
41 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
42 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
44 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
45 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
47 CIE = Common Information Entry
48 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
50 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
52 FDE = Frame Description Entry
53 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
54 how to restore registers
56 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
57 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
61 #include "coretypes.h"
68 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
70 #include "insn-config.h"
78 #include "dwarf2out.h"
79 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
85 #include "diagnostic.h"
88 #include "langhooks.h"
93 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
94 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
97 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
98 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
99 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
100 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
102 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
106 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
107 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
108 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
109 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
110 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
113 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
117 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
119 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
120 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
121 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
122 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
123 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
125 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
126 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
127 && (flag_unwind_tables
128 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)))
133 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
135 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
138 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
139 must be kept around forever. */
140 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx
,gc
) *used_rtx_array
;
142 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
143 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
144 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
146 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *incomplete_types
;
148 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
149 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
150 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
151 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
152 define type declaration DIE's. */
153 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *decl_scope_table
;
155 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
156 static GTY(()) section
*debug_info_section
;
157 static GTY(()) section
*debug_abbrev_section
;
158 static GTY(()) section
*debug_aranges_section
;
159 static GTY(()) section
*debug_macinfo_section
;
160 static GTY(()) section
*debug_line_section
;
161 static GTY(()) section
*debug_loc_section
;
162 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubnames_section
;
163 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubtypes_section
;
164 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_section
;
165 static GTY(()) section
*debug_ranges_section
;
166 static GTY(()) section
*debug_frame_section
;
168 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
169 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
170 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
173 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
174 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
175 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
177 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
178 Information instructions. The register number, offset
179 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
180 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
182 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
184 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
190 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
GTY(())
192 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
193 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
194 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
195 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
199 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
GTY(())
201 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
202 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
203 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
205 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
210 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
211 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
212 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
213 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
214 of this structure. */
215 typedef struct cfa_loc
GTY(())
217 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
218 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset
;
220 int indirect
; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
223 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
224 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
225 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
226 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
227 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
229 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
GTY(())
232 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
233 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
234 const char *dw_fde_end
;
235 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label
;
236 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
;
237 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
;
238 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
;
239 bool dw_fde_switched_sections
;
240 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
241 unsigned funcdef_number
;
242 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
243 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
244 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
248 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
249 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
251 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
252 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
253 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
254 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
256 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
257 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
260 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
261 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
262 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
265 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
266 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
269 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
270 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
271 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
274 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
275 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
277 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
278 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
281 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
283 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
284 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
285 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
287 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
288 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
289 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
290 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
292 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
296 /* CIE identifier. */
297 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
298 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
299 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
301 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
304 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
305 information for each routine. */
306 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
308 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
309 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
311 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
312 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
314 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
316 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
318 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
319 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
321 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
322 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
323 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
324 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
325 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
326 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
329 struct indirect_string_node
GTY(())
332 unsigned int refcount
;
337 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
339 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
340 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
342 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
343 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections
= false;
345 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
347 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used
= false;
348 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used
= false;
350 /* The default cold text section. */
351 static GTY(()) section
*cold_text_section
;
353 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
355 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
357 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
358 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
359 static dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi (void);
360 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
);
361 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref
);
362 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*);
363 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*);
364 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
365 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
366 static void initial_return_save (rtx
);
368 static HOST_WIDE_INT
stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx
);
369 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int);
370 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
371 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
372 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx
, bool);
373 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
374 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx
);
375 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx
, const char *);
377 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
378 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref
);
379 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*,
380 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*);
381 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
382 (dw_cfa_location
*, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
383 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location
*);
385 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
386 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
387 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
390 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
391 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
392 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
394 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
395 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
398 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
399 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
402 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
403 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
406 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
407 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
409 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
410 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
411 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
412 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
413 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
414 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
415 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
416 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
417 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
418 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
420 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
421 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
423 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
425 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
427 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
431 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
432 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
433 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
434 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
437 /* Hook used by __throw. */
440 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
442 unsigned int dwarf_regnum
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
443 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum
, 1));
446 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
447 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
450 stripattributes (const char *s
)
452 char *stripped
= XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s
) + 2);
457 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
464 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
465 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
468 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx mem
, unsigned int c
)
470 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= c
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
471 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode
);
472 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
475 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
478 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address
)
481 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
482 rtx addr
= expand_normal (address
);
483 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
484 bool wrote_return_column
= false;
486 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
488 int rnum
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
), 1);
490 if (rnum
< DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
492 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= rnum
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
493 enum machine_mode save_mode
= reg_raw_mode
[i
];
496 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
, save_mode
))
497 save_mode
= choose_hard_reg_mode (i
, 1, true);
498 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
500 if (save_mode
== VOIDmode
)
502 wrote_return_column
= true;
504 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
508 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
),
509 gen_int_mode (size
, mode
));
513 if (!wrote_return_column
)
514 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
516 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
517 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
520 targetm
.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address
);
523 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
526 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc
)
530 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
531 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
533 return "DW_CFA_offset";
535 return "DW_CFA_restore";
539 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
540 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
541 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
542 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
543 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
544 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
545 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
546 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
547 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
548 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
549 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
550 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
551 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
552 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
553 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
554 case DW_CFA_register
:
555 return "DW_CFA_register";
556 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
557 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
558 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
559 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
561 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
562 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
563 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
564 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
565 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
568 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
569 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
570 case DW_CFA_expression
:
571 return "DW_CFA_expression";
572 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
573 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
574 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
575 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
576 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
577 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
579 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
580 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
581 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
584 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
585 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
586 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
587 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
588 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
589 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
592 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
596 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
598 static inline dw_cfi_ref
601 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node
));
603 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
604 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
605 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
610 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
613 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
617 /* Find the end of the chain. */
618 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
624 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
627 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
629 static char label
[20];
631 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++);
632 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
636 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
637 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
640 add_fde_cfi (const char *label
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
644 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
647 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
649 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
650 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
654 label
= xstrdup (label
);
656 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
658 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
659 set the location directly using set_loc. */
660 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= fde
->dw_fde_current_label
661 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
663 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
664 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
666 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
;
669 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, cfi
);
673 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head
, cfi
);
676 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
679 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
681 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
683 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
684 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
686 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
688 = cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
690 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
691 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
694 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
695 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
697 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
698 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
700 = cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
702 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
703 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
710 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
713 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
717 loc
->reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
720 loc
->base_offset
= 0;
722 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
723 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
725 if (fde_table_in_use
)
727 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
728 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
729 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
733 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
734 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
736 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
738 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
740 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
741 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size
;
743 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
744 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size
;
746 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
747 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
748 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
751 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
758 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
761 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
764 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location
*loc1
, const dw_cfa_location
*loc2
)
766 return (loc1
->reg
== loc2
->reg
767 && loc1
->offset
== loc2
->offset
768 && loc1
->indirect
== loc2
->indirect
769 && (loc1
->indirect
== 0
770 || loc1
->base_offset
== loc2
->base_offset
));
773 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
774 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
777 def_cfa_1 (const char *label
, dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
)
780 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
785 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
786 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
788 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
789 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
791 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
792 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc
, &old_cfa
))
797 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
799 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
800 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. */
803 HOST_WIDE_INT f_offset
= loc
.offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
804 gcc_assert (f_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
== loc
.offset
);
806 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
;
807 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= f_offset
;
811 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
812 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
816 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
817 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
818 && old_cfa
.reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
821 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
822 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
823 offset has not changed. */
824 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
825 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
829 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
831 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
832 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
833 the specified offset. */
836 HOST_WIDE_INT f_offset
= loc
.offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
837 gcc_assert (f_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
== loc
.offset
);
839 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
840 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
841 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= f_offset
;
845 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
846 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
847 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
852 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
853 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
854 register-offset pair is available. */
855 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
857 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
858 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
, 0);
859 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
862 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
865 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
866 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
867 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
868 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
871 reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, unsigned int sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
873 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
875 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
877 if (sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
880 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
882 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
884 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
886 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
888 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
889 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
890 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
892 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset
= offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
894 gcc_assert (check_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
== offset
);
897 offset
/= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
899 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
901 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
903 else if (sreg
== reg
)
904 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_same_value
;
907 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
908 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
911 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
914 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
915 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
916 from the previous frame's window save area.
918 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
919 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
922 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label
)
924 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
926 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
927 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
930 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
931 pushed onto the stack. */
934 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
)
938 if (size
== old_args_size
)
941 old_args_size
= size
;
944 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
945 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
946 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
949 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
950 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
953 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
955 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
958 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
959 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
962 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
964 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
967 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
968 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
971 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label
, unsigned int sreg
)
973 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg
), 0);
976 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
977 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
978 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
981 initial_return_save (rtx rtl
)
983 unsigned int reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
984 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
986 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
989 /* RA is in a register. */
990 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
994 /* RA is on the stack. */
996 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
999 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1004 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1005 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
1009 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1010 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
1020 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1021 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1022 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1023 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
);
1024 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
1031 if (reg
!= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
1032 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
1036 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1039 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1040 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern
)
1042 const_rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
1043 const_rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
1044 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1047 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1049 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1050 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1051 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
1052 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1053 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1056 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1060 else if (MEM_P (dest
))
1062 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1063 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1064 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1070 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1072 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1073 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1074 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == PLUS
1075 && GET_CODE (val
) == CONST_INT
);
1076 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1083 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1085 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1092 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1094 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1109 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1110 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1111 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1114 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
1116 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1120 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1121 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1122 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1123 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1124 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1127 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1128 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1129 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1131 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1133 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1134 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1135 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1136 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1137 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1138 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1139 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL
);
1140 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1145 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1147 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1148 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size
);
1151 else if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1153 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1154 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1155 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1156 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1157 offset
= -args_size
;
1162 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1163 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
));
1164 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1165 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1167 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1169 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1170 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1171 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
));
1179 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1180 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1182 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1186 args_size
+= offset
;
1190 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1191 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1192 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1193 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1198 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1199 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1200 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1202 struct queued_reg_save
GTY(())
1204 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1206 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset
;
1210 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1212 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1213 struct reg_saved_in_data
GTY(()) {
1218 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1219 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1220 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1221 more efficient data structure. */
1222 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs
[4];
1223 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs
;
1225 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1226 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1228 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1229 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1232 queue_reg_save (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1234 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1236 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1237 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1239 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
1240 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1245 q
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q
));
1246 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1247 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1251 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1252 q
->saved_reg
= sreg
;
1254 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1257 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1260 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1262 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1264 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1267 unsigned int reg
, sreg
;
1269 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1270 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (q
->reg
))
1272 if (q
->saved_reg
&& i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1274 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1275 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1277 if (i
!= num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1279 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= q
->reg
;
1280 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= q
->saved_reg
;
1283 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->reg
));
1285 sreg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->saved_reg
));
1287 sreg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1288 reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, reg
, sreg
, q
->cfa_offset
);
1291 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1292 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1295 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1296 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1297 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1298 have a new location for? */
1301 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn
)
1303 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1305 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1308 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1310 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1311 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
)
1312 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
, insn
))
1319 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1322 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
)
1325 unsigned int regno
, sregno
;
1327 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1328 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1330 if (i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1332 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1333 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1335 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= reg
;
1336 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= sreg
;
1338 regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
1339 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg
));
1340 reg_save (label
, regno
, sregno
, 0);
1343 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1346 reg_saved_in (rtx reg
)
1348 unsigned int regn
= REGNO (reg
);
1350 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1352 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1353 if (q
->saved_reg
&& regn
== REGNO (q
->saved_reg
))
1356 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1357 if (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
1358 && regn
== REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
))
1359 return regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
;
1365 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1366 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1367 value, not an offset. */
1368 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1370 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1371 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1372 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1373 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1375 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1376 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1377 users need not read the source code.
1379 The High-Level Picture
1381 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1382 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1383 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1384 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1385 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1387 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1388 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1389 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1390 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1391 saves. This also seems to work.
1393 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1394 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1395 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1396 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1397 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1398 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1399 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
1400 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
1401 value as in the caller.
1403 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1404 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1405 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1406 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1408 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
1411 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1413 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1414 consists of a register and an offset.
1415 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1416 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1417 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1418 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1419 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1420 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1421 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1423 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1424 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1425 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1428 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1429 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1430 and cfa_temp.offset.
1432 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1435 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1436 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1437 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1441 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1442 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1445 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1446 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1447 cfa.offset unchanged
1448 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1449 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1452 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1453 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1454 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1455 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1456 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1457 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1460 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1461 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1462 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1465 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1466 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1468 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1469 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1470 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1473 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1474 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1476 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1477 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1480 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1481 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1482 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1485 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1486 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1487 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1490 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1494 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1495 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1496 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1499 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1500 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1501 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1503 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1506 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1507 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1508 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1510 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1513 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1516 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1517 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1520 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1521 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1522 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1525 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1526 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1527 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1528 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
1531 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
1532 effects: target-dependent */
1535 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr
, const char *label
)
1537 rtx src
, dest
, span
;
1538 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1540 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1541 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1542 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1543 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1544 flag is set in them. */
1545 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1548 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
1551 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
1552 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
1553 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
1554 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
1555 handle register saves before register assignments. */
1556 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
)
1557 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1559 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
1560 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
1561 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
))
1562 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
1563 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
1566 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1568 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
1569 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
1570 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
)) || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1571 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
1572 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
1577 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr
) == SET
);
1579 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
1580 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
1584 rtx rsi
= reg_saved_in (src
);
1589 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
1592 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1594 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1596 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
1599 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1600 relative to the current CFA register.
1602 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1603 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1604 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1605 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1606 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1607 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1608 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1612 /* Saving a register in a register. */
1613 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs
[REGNO (dest
)]
1614 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
1615 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
))
1616 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
));
1617 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, dest
, 0);
1624 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1628 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1631 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1634 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1))
1636 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1642 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1644 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1645 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1646 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1648 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
1649 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1652 gcc_assert (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
);
1654 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1656 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1657 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1658 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1659 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1661 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1664 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1665 or adjusting the FP */
1666 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed
);
1668 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
1669 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1670 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
);
1671 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1672 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1674 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1675 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1679 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
);
1682 if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
1683 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1684 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1686 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1687 into the FP later on. */
1688 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1689 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1690 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1691 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1692 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1693 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1697 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
1698 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1699 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1701 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1702 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1703 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1704 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1705 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
1709 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
1710 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1712 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1713 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1722 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1723 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
1728 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
1729 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1730 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
);
1732 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1733 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1734 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1737 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1738 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1745 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE
:
1746 gcc_assert (targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec
);
1747 targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label
, expr
, XINT (src
, 1));
1754 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1758 gcc_assert (REG_P (src
));
1760 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1762 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1767 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1768 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1))
1770 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
1772 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1773 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1775 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1776 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1777 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1779 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1785 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1786 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
1789 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1790 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1792 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1793 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1794 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1796 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1800 /* With an offset. */
1807 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
1808 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
1809 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
1810 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
1813 regno
= REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0));
1815 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
1816 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
1819 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
1820 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1826 /* Without an offset. */
1829 int regno
= REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0));
1831 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
1832 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1835 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
1836 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1843 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
1844 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
1845 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1846 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1853 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1854 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1855 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
1857 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1859 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
1861 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1862 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1864 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1865 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
1870 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1871 calculate the CFA. */
1872 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1876 gcc_assert (REG_P (x
));
1878 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
1879 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
1881 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1886 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1888 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
1891 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
1894 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
1895 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
1899 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset
= offset
;
1901 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span
) == PARALLEL
);
1903 limit
= XVECLEN (span
, 0);
1904 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1906 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (span
, 0, par_index
);
1908 queue_reg_save (label
, elem
, NULL_RTX
, span_offset
);
1909 span_offset
+= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem
));
1920 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1921 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1922 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
1924 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
1925 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
1928 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
1933 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
1937 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1938 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1940 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1943 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
1945 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1948 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
1950 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1952 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
1953 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
1955 num_regs_saved_in_regs
= 0;
1959 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn
) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
1960 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1962 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1964 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1965 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
, after_p
);
1969 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1970 src
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1972 insn
= XEXP (src
, 0);
1974 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1976 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
1981 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1982 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1983 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1985 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1986 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1991 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1992 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1994 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1995 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1996 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1997 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1998 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1999 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
2002 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
2003 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
2004 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
2005 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
2006 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
2007 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
2008 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
2009 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
2010 case DW_CFA_register
:
2011 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
2013 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
2014 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
2015 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
2016 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
2018 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
2019 case DW_CFA_expression
:
2020 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
2027 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
2028 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
2029 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
2031 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2032 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
2036 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
2037 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
2039 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
2040 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
2041 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
2043 case DW_CFA_register
:
2044 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
2047 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
2051 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2053 /* Switch to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
2054 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic label
2058 switch_to_eh_frame_section (void)
2062 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2063 if (eh_frame_section
== 0)
2067 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
)
2073 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2075 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2077 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2079 flags
= ((! flag_pic
2080 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2081 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2082 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2083 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2084 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2085 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
2086 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE
);
2089 flags
= SECTION_WRITE
;
2090 eh_frame_section
= get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
, NULL
);
2094 if (eh_frame_section
)
2095 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section
);
2098 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
2099 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
2100 switch_to_section (data_section
);
2101 label
= get_file_function_name ("F");
2102 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2103 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
,
2104 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
2105 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
2109 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
2112 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_fde_ref fde
, int for_eh
)
2115 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
2116 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
2117 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
2118 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
2119 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)
2120 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
));
2121 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
2123 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2124 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
2125 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r
);
2126 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2128 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
2130 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2131 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
2132 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r
);
2136 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
2137 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
2139 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
2141 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
2143 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2144 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
2145 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
2148 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2149 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
2150 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
2153 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
2154 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
2155 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
2156 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
2159 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
2160 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
2161 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
2162 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
2165 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
2166 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
2167 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
2168 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
2171 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
2172 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
2173 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
2174 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
2177 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
2178 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
2179 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2180 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2181 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2184 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
2185 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
2186 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2187 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2188 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2191 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
2192 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
2193 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
2194 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
2195 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2196 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2199 case DW_CFA_register
:
2200 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2201 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2202 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2203 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2206 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
2207 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
2208 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2211 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
2212 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2215 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
2218 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
2219 case DW_CFA_expression
:
2220 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
2223 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
2224 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
2233 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
2234 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
2235 location of saved registers. */
2238 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
2243 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
2244 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
2245 char augmentation
[6];
2246 int augmentation_size
;
2247 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
2248 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
2249 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
2252 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
2253 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
2256 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
2257 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
2258 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
2259 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
2260 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
2261 specialization doesn't. */
2262 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2263 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
2266 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2267 if ((fde_table
[i
].nothrow
|| fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2268 && !fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
2269 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
2270 targetm
.asm_out
.unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde_table
[i
].decl
,
2271 for_eh
, /* empty */ 1);
2273 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
2274 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
2275 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
2276 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
2279 bool any_eh_needed
= !flag_exceptions
|| flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
2281 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2282 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
2283 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
2284 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
2285 any_eh_needed
= true;
2286 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
2287 && ! fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2288 any_eh_needed
= true;
2290 if (! any_eh_needed
)
2294 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
2299 switch_to_eh_frame_section ();
2302 if (!debug_frame_section
)
2303 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
2304 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
2305 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section
);
2308 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
2309 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
2311 /* Output the CIE. */
2312 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
2313 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
2314 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
2315 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
2316 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
2317 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
2318 "Length of Common Information Entry");
2319 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
2321 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
2322 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
2323 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
2324 (for_eh
? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID
),
2325 "CIE Identifier Tag");
2327 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION
, "CIE Version");
2329 augmentation
[0] = 0;
2330 augmentation_size
= 0;
2336 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
2337 augmentation section.
2338 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2339 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2340 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2342 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2343 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2345 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2346 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2347 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2349 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
2350 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2353 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
2354 assemble_external_libcall (eh_personality_libfunc
);
2356 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2359 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2361 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2364 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2366 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
2368 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
2372 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2373 if (eh_personality_libfunc
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2375 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2377 + 1 /* CIE version */
2378 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2379 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2380 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
2382 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2383 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2384 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2386 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
2388 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2389 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2390 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) == 1);
2394 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2395 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2396 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
2397 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2399 return_reg
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, for_eh
);
2400 if (DW_CIE_VERSION
== 1)
2401 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
2403 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
2405 if (augmentation
[0])
2407 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
2408 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2410 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
2411 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
2412 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
2413 eh_personality_libfunc
,
2417 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2418 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2419 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
2421 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2422 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2423 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
2426 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2427 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
2429 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2430 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2431 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
2432 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2434 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2435 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2437 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
2439 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2440 if (for_eh
&& !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& flag_exceptions
2441 && (fde
->nothrow
|| fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2442 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
2443 && !fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2446 targetm
.asm_out
.unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde
->decl
, for_eh
, /* empty */ 0);
2447 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2448 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2449 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2450 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
2451 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
2452 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
2453 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
2455 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
2458 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
2460 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
2461 debug_frame_section
, "FDE CIE offset");
2465 if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
2467 rtx sym_ref2
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
,
2468 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
);
2469 rtx sym_ref3
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
,
2470 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
);
2471 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref2
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
2472 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref3
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
2473 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref3
, false,
2474 "FDE initial location");
2475 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2476 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
,
2477 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
2478 "FDE address range");
2479 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref2
, false,
2480 "FDE initial location");
2481 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2482 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
,
2483 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
2484 "FDE address range");
2488 rtx sym_ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
);
2489 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
2490 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
,
2493 "FDE initial location");
2494 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2495 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2496 "FDE address range");
2501 if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
2503 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2504 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
2505 "FDE initial location");
2506 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2507 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
,
2508 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
2509 "FDE address range");
2510 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2511 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
2512 "FDE initial location");
2513 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2514 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
,
2515 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
2516 "FDE address range");
2520 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2521 "FDE initial location");
2522 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2523 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2524 "FDE address range");
2528 if (augmentation
[0])
2530 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2532 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
2534 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2536 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2537 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2538 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
2539 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2540 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2543 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size
) == 1);
2546 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
2548 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2550 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, "LLSDA",
2551 fde
->funcdef_number
);
2552 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2553 lsda_encoding
, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
2554 false, "Language Specific Data Area");
2558 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2559 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2561 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
2562 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2566 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2569 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2571 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
2572 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2573 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
2575 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2576 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2577 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
2578 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2581 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
2582 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2583 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2584 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2585 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2586 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
2589 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2594 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2598 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2599 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2601 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2605 current_function_func_begin_label
= NULL
;
2607 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2608 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2609 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2611 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
2612 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2615 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2619 switch_to_section (function_section (current_function_decl
));
2620 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2621 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2622 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2623 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2624 dup_label
= xstrdup (label
);
2625 current_function_func_begin_label
= dup_label
;
2627 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2628 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2629 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2633 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2634 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
2636 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2637 fde_table
= ggc_realloc (fde_table
,
2638 fde_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2639 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
2640 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2643 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2644 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
2646 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2647 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
2648 fde
->decl
= current_function_decl
;
2649 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= dup_label
;
2650 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= dup_label
;
2651 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= NULL
;
2652 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= NULL
;
2653 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= NULL
;
2654 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= NULL
;
2655 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= false;
2656 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
2657 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
2658 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
2659 fde
->nothrow
= TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl
);
2660 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
;
2661 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= crtl
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
2663 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
2665 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2666 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2667 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2669 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
);
2673 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2674 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2678 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2679 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2682 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2684 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2686 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
2687 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2688 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
2689 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
2690 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
2694 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2696 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2697 fde_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2698 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2699 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
2701 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2702 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2704 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2705 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
2707 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2708 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
|| DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
)
2709 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
2714 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2716 /* Output call frame information. */
2717 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
)
2718 output_call_frame_info (0);
2720 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2721 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
2722 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
2723 output_call_frame_info (1);
2727 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
2730 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
2732 section
*sec
= current_function_section ();
2733 if (sec
== text_section
)
2734 text_section_used
= true;
2735 else if (sec
== cold_text_section
)
2736 cold_text_section_used
= true;
2740 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
2746 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
2747 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= true;
2748 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_label
;
2749 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
2750 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
2751 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
2752 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
2754 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
2755 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
2756 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
2758 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
2759 if (cold_text_section
!= NULL
)
2760 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
2764 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2765 for emitting location expressions. */
2767 /* Data about a single source file. */
2768 struct dwarf_file_data
GTY(())
2770 const char * filename
;
2774 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2775 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2776 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2779 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
2780 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
2781 typedef const struct die_struct
*const_dw_die_ref
;
2782 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
2783 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
2785 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2786 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2787 implementation are listed below. */
2792 dw_val_class_offset
,
2794 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
2795 dw_val_class_range_list
,
2797 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
2798 dw_val_class_long_long
,
2801 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
2802 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
2803 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
2804 dw_val_class_lineptr
,
2806 dw_val_class_macptr
,
2810 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2811 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2813 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
GTY(())
2820 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
2822 typedef struct dw_vec_struct
GTY(())
2824 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
2830 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2831 represented internally. */
2833 typedef struct dw_val_struct
GTY(())
2835 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
2836 union dw_val_struct_union
2838 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
2839 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
2840 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
2841 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
2842 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((default)) val_int
;
2843 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
2844 dw_long_long_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long
;
2845 dw_vec_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec
;
2846 struct dw_val_die_union
2850 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
2851 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
2852 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
2853 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
2854 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
2855 struct dwarf_file_data
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file
;
2857 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
2861 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2864 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
GTY(())
2866 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
2867 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc
;
2868 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2869 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2874 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2875 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2876 their entire life. */
2877 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
GTY(())
2879 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
2880 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
2881 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
2882 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2883 Only on head of list */
2884 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2885 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
2888 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2890 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2891 static dw_loc_descr_ref
new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom
,
2892 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
2893 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2894 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2895 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2896 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2897 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2899 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2902 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
2907 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2908 return "DW_OP_addr";
2910 return "DW_OP_deref";
2912 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2914 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2916 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2918 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2920 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2922 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2924 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2926 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2928 return "DW_OP_constu";
2930 return "DW_OP_consts";
2934 return "DW_OP_drop";
2936 return "DW_OP_over";
2938 return "DW_OP_pick";
2940 return "DW_OP_swap";
2944 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2952 return "DW_OP_minus";
2964 return "DW_OP_plus";
2965 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2966 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2972 return "DW_OP_shra";
2990 return "DW_OP_skip";
2992 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2994 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2996 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2998 return "DW_OP_lit3";
3000 return "DW_OP_lit4";
3002 return "DW_OP_lit5";
3004 return "DW_OP_lit6";
3006 return "DW_OP_lit7";
3008 return "DW_OP_lit8";
3010 return "DW_OP_lit9";
3012 return "DW_OP_lit10";
3014 return "DW_OP_lit11";
3016 return "DW_OP_lit12";
3018 return "DW_OP_lit13";
3020 return "DW_OP_lit14";
3022 return "DW_OP_lit15";
3024 return "DW_OP_lit16";
3026 return "DW_OP_lit17";
3028 return "DW_OP_lit18";
3030 return "DW_OP_lit19";
3032 return "DW_OP_lit20";
3034 return "DW_OP_lit21";
3036 return "DW_OP_lit22";
3038 return "DW_OP_lit23";
3040 return "DW_OP_lit24";
3042 return "DW_OP_lit25";
3044 return "DW_OP_lit26";
3046 return "DW_OP_lit27";
3048 return "DW_OP_lit28";
3050 return "DW_OP_lit29";
3052 return "DW_OP_lit30";
3054 return "DW_OP_lit31";
3056 return "DW_OP_reg0";
3058 return "DW_OP_reg1";
3060 return "DW_OP_reg2";
3062 return "DW_OP_reg3";
3064 return "DW_OP_reg4";
3066 return "DW_OP_reg5";
3068 return "DW_OP_reg6";
3070 return "DW_OP_reg7";
3072 return "DW_OP_reg8";
3074 return "DW_OP_reg9";
3076 return "DW_OP_reg10";
3078 return "DW_OP_reg11";
3080 return "DW_OP_reg12";
3082 return "DW_OP_reg13";
3084 return "DW_OP_reg14";
3086 return "DW_OP_reg15";
3088 return "DW_OP_reg16";
3090 return "DW_OP_reg17";
3092 return "DW_OP_reg18";
3094 return "DW_OP_reg19";
3096 return "DW_OP_reg20";
3098 return "DW_OP_reg21";
3100 return "DW_OP_reg22";
3102 return "DW_OP_reg23";
3104 return "DW_OP_reg24";
3106 return "DW_OP_reg25";
3108 return "DW_OP_reg26";
3110 return "DW_OP_reg27";
3112 return "DW_OP_reg28";
3114 return "DW_OP_reg29";
3116 return "DW_OP_reg30";
3118 return "DW_OP_reg31";
3120 return "DW_OP_breg0";
3122 return "DW_OP_breg1";
3124 return "DW_OP_breg2";
3126 return "DW_OP_breg3";
3128 return "DW_OP_breg4";
3130 return "DW_OP_breg5";
3132 return "DW_OP_breg6";
3134 return "DW_OP_breg7";
3136 return "DW_OP_breg8";
3138 return "DW_OP_breg9";
3140 return "DW_OP_breg10";
3142 return "DW_OP_breg11";
3144 return "DW_OP_breg12";
3146 return "DW_OP_breg13";
3148 return "DW_OP_breg14";
3150 return "DW_OP_breg15";
3152 return "DW_OP_breg16";
3154 return "DW_OP_breg17";
3156 return "DW_OP_breg18";
3158 return "DW_OP_breg19";
3160 return "DW_OP_breg20";
3162 return "DW_OP_breg21";
3164 return "DW_OP_breg22";
3166 return "DW_OP_breg23";
3168 return "DW_OP_breg24";
3170 return "DW_OP_breg25";
3172 return "DW_OP_breg26";
3174 return "DW_OP_breg27";
3176 return "DW_OP_breg28";
3178 return "DW_OP_breg29";
3180 return "DW_OP_breg30";
3182 return "DW_OP_breg31";
3184 return "DW_OP_regx";
3186 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
3188 return "DW_OP_bregx";
3190 return "DW_OP_piece";
3191 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3192 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
3193 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3194 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
3197 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
3198 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
3200 return "DW_OP_call2";
3202 return "DW_OP_call4";
3203 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
3204 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
3205 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
3206 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
3207 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit
:
3208 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
3210 return "OP_<unknown>";
3214 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
3215 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
3216 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
3218 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
3219 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
3220 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
3222 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
3224 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
3225 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
3226 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
3227 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
3228 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
3233 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
3236 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
3238 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
3240 /* Find the end of the chain. */
3241 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
3247 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
3249 static unsigned long
3250 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3252 unsigned long size
= 1;
3254 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
3257 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
3258 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
3277 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3280 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
3285 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3286 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3324 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
3327 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3330 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
3333 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3334 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
3337 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3339 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3340 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3349 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
3350 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
3359 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
3361 static unsigned long
3362 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3367 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
3368 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
3369 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
3371 if (l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bra
)
3373 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
3378 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
3380 l
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
3381 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
3387 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
3390 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3392 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
3393 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
3395 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
3397 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3399 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
3403 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3407 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3411 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
>= 64);
3412 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3419 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
3420 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
3422 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
3435 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
3436 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
3437 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
3438 only doing unwinding. */
3443 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3446 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3449 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3452 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3454 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3455 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3489 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3492 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3495 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3498 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3499 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3502 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3504 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3505 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3506 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3509 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
3510 if (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
3512 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
,
3515 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3522 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3527 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3530 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3532 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
3534 /* Output the opcode. */
3535 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
3536 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
3538 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3539 output_loc_operands (loc
);
3543 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3544 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3547 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
3549 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
3552 /* Output the size of the block. */
3553 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
3554 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
3555 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
3557 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3558 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
3561 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
3562 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
3565 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
3566 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
3568 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
3570 offset
+= cfa
->offset
;
3574 if (cfa
->base_offset
)
3577 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
, 0);
3579 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
3581 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
3582 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
3584 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
3586 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
3587 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
3588 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3591 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
3592 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3599 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
3601 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
3602 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
3603 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, offset
, 0);
3605 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, offset
);
3611 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3612 descriptor sequence. */
3615 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
)
3617 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
3619 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
3623 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
3625 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
3661 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
3664 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3698 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
3699 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3702 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3703 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
3708 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3709 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
3712 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
3713 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
3717 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3719 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3720 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3722 /* .debug_str support. */
3723 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3725 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3726 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3727 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3728 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3729 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3730 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3731 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3732 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3733 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree
);
3734 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
3735 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree
, int);
3736 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree
, tree
);
3737 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
3738 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx
);
3739 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree
);
3741 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3743 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
3749 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
3750 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
3751 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
3752 dwarf2out_end_block
,
3753 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
3754 dwarf2out_source_line
,
3755 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
3756 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
3757 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
3758 dwarf2out_begin_function
,
3759 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
3760 dwarf2out_decl
, /* function_decl */
3761 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
3762 dwarf2out_type_decl
, /* type_decl */
3763 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl
,
3764 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
3765 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3766 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3767 something tries to reference them. */
3768 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
3769 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
3770 debug_nothing_int
, /* handle_pch */
3771 dwarf2out_var_location
,
3772 dwarf2out_switch_text_section
,
3773 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
3777 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3778 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3779 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3781 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3782 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3783 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3784 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3786 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3787 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3789 typedef long int dw_offset
;
3791 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3793 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
3794 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
3795 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
3796 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
3797 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
3798 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
*dw_ranges_by_label_ref
;
3800 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3801 line number associated with the label generated for that
3802 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3803 the line number entry. */
3805 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3807 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3808 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3812 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3814 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3816 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3817 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3818 unsigned long function
;
3820 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
3822 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3823 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3824 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3826 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
GTY(())
3828 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
3829 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
3833 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node
);
3834 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node
,gc
);
3836 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
3837 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
3838 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
3840 typedef struct die_struct
GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib")))
3842 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
3844 VEC(dw_attr_node
,gc
) * die_attr
;
3845 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
3846 dw_die_ref die_child
;
3848 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3849 dw_offset die_offset
;
3850 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
3852 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
3853 int die_perennial_p
;
3854 unsigned int decl_id
;
3858 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
3859 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
3860 c = die->die_child; \
3864 } while (c != die->die_child); \
3867 /* The pubname structure */
3869 typedef struct pubname_struct
GTY(())
3876 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry
);
3877 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry
, gc
);
3879 struct dw_ranges_struct
GTY(())
3881 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
3882 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
3886 struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
GTY(())
3892 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3893 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
GTY(())
3897 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
3901 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3902 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3903 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3906 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3907 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3909 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3910 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3911 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3912 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3913 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3914 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3916 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3917 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3918 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3919 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3920 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3921 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3922 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3923 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3924 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3925 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3927 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3928 language, and compiler version. */
3930 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3931 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3932 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3934 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3935 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3937 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3938 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3939 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3940 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3941 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3943 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3944 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3945 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3946 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3947 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3948 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3950 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3951 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3952 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3953 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3955 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3959 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3960 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3961 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3963 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3964 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3966 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3967 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3969 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3970 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3971 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3972 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3973 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3975 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3976 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3977 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3978 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
3981 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3982 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
3984 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3985 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
3987 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3988 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data
))) htab_t file_table
;
3990 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
3991 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
3992 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t decl_die_table
;
3994 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3995 struct var_loc_node
GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next")))
3997 rtx
GTY (()) var_loc_note
;
3998 const char * GTY (()) label
;
3999 const char * GTY (()) section_label
;
4000 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
4003 /* Variable location list. */
4004 struct var_loc_list_def
GTY (())
4006 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) first
;
4008 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
4009 it is marked through the chain. */
4010 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last
;
4012 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
4013 unsigned int decl_id
;
4015 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list
;
4018 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
4019 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list
))) htab_t decl_loc_table
;
4021 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
4022 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
4023 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
4024 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
4025 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
4027 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
4028 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
4030 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
4031 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
4033 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
4034 abbrev_die_table. */
4035 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
4037 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
4038 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
4039 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
4040 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
4042 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
4043 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
4045 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
4046 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
4048 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
4049 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
4050 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
4051 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
4053 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
4054 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
4056 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
4057 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
4059 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
4061 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
4063 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
4064 accessible names. */
4065 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubname_table
;
4067 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
4068 accessible types. */
4069 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubtype_table
;
4071 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
4072 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
4074 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
4075 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
4077 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
4078 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
4080 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
4082 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
4084 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
4085 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
4087 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
4088 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
4090 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
4091 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
4093 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
4094 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
4095 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label
;
4097 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
4098 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated
;
4100 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
4101 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use
;
4103 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
4105 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
4107 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
4108 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists
;
4110 /* Unique label counter. */
4111 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num
;
4113 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4114 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
4115 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
4117 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
4118 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
4121 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
4122 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* last_emitted_file
;
4124 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
4125 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
4127 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
4128 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* file_table_last_lookup
;
4130 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4132 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
4133 within the current function. */
4134 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
4136 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
4138 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx
);
4139 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
4140 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree
);
4141 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
4142 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
4143 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
4144 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree
);
4145 static tree
block_ultimate_origin (const_tree
);
4146 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
4147 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
4148 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
4149 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
4150 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
4151 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4152 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
4153 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4154 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
4155 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned long,
4157 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned int,
4158 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
4159 static hashval_t
debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
4160 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
4161 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
4162 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
4163 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
4164 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
4165 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
4166 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
4167 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
4168 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
4169 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
4170 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
4171 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
4172 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
4174 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
4175 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
);
4176 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
4177 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
4178 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
4179 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
4180 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
4181 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4182 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
4184 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
4185 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
4186 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
4187 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
4188 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
4189 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
4190 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
4191 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
4192 static bool is_c_family (void);
4193 static bool is_cxx (void);
4194 static bool is_java (void);
4195 static bool is_fortran (void);
4196 static bool is_ada (void);
4197 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
4198 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_tag
);
4199 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
4200 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4201 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
4202 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4203 static hashval_t
decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
4204 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
4205 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
4206 static hashval_t
decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
4207 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
4208 static var_loc_list
*lookup_decl_loc (const_tree
);
4209 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4210 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree
, struct var_loc_node
*);
4211 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
4212 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
4213 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
4214 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
4215 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
4216 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
4217 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
4218 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
4219 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
4220 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*, const dw_val_node
*, int *);
4221 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
4222 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
4223 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
4224 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
4225 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
4226 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
4227 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
4228 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
4229 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
4230 static hashval_t
htab_cu_hash (const void *);
4231 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
4232 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
4233 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *);
4234 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned);
4235 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
4236 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref
);
4237 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
4238 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
4239 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
4240 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
4241 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
4242 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
4243 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
4244 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
4245 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
4246 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
4247 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
4248 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
4249 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
4250 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
4251 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
4252 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
4253 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
4254 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4255 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref
);
4256 static void add_pubtype (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4257 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
4258 static void add_arange (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4259 static void output_aranges (void);
4260 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
4261 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree
);
4262 static unsigned int add_ranges_by_labels (const char *, const char *);
4263 static void output_ranges (void);
4264 static void output_line_info (void);
4265 static void output_file_names (void);
4266 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
4267 static int is_base_type (tree
);
4268 static bool is_subrange_type (const_tree
);
4269 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4270 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
4271 static int type_is_enum (const_tree
);
4272 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx
);
4273 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, int);
4274 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum var_init_status
);
4275 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
4276 enum var_init_status
);
4277 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
4278 enum var_init_status
);
4279 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4280 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
4281 enum var_init_status
);
4282 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx
);
4283 static dw_loc_descr_ref
mem_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
,
4284 enum var_init_status
);
4285 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
4286 enum var_init_status
);
4287 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum var_init_status
);
4288 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree
, int);
4289 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
);
4290 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
4291 static tree
field_type (const_tree
);
4292 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
4293 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
4294 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree
);
4295 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (const_tree
);
4296 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
4298 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4299 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
4300 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned, unsigned char *);
4301 static HOST_WIDE_INT
extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4302 static void insert_float (const_rtx
, unsigned char *);
4303 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
4304 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
,
4305 enum dwarf_attribute
);
4306 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4307 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
4308 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
4309 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
);
4310 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4311 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4312 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4313 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4314 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4315 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4316 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4317 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4318 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4319 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
4320 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
4321 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4322 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
4323 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
4324 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
4325 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4326 static const char *type_tag (const_tree
);
4327 static tree
member_declared_type (const_tree
);
4329 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
4331 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4332 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree
, struct array_descr_info
*, dw_die_ref
);
4334 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4336 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4337 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4338 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4339 static dw_die_ref
gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4340 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4341 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4342 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4343 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4344 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4345 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4346 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
4347 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
4348 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4349 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4350 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
4351 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4352 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4353 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
,
4354 enum debug_info_usage
);
4355 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4356 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4357 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4358 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4359 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
4360 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
4361 static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree
);
4362 static void gen_namespace_die (tree
);
4363 static void gen_decl_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4364 static dw_die_ref
force_decl_die (tree
);
4365 static dw_die_ref
force_type_die (tree
);
4366 static dw_die_ref
setup_namespace_context (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4367 static void declare_in_namespace (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4368 static struct dwarf_file_data
* lookup_filename (const char *);
4369 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
4370 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4371 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
4372 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
4373 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
4374 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
4375 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
,
4376 const char *, const char *,
4378 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
4379 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
4381 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
4382 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
4383 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
4384 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
4385 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
4386 static void prune_unused_types (void);
4387 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
);
4389 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
4390 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
4391 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
4393 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
4394 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
4396 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
4397 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
4399 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
4400 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
4402 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
4403 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
4405 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
4406 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
4408 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
4409 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
4411 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
4412 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
4414 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
4415 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
4418 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
4419 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4420 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
4423 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
4424 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
4425 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
4426 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
4429 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
4430 the section names themselves. */
4432 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4433 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
4435 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4436 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
4438 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
4439 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
4441 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
4442 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
4444 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
4445 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
4447 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
4448 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
4450 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
4451 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
4453 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
4454 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
4457 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
4458 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
4459 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
4460 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
4461 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
4463 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4464 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4465 static char cold_text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4466 static char cold_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4467 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4468 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4469 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4470 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4471 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4472 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4474 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
4475 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
4477 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
4478 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
4480 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
4481 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
4483 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
4484 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
4486 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
4487 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
4489 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
4490 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
4494 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
4495 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
4497 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
4500 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
4502 demangle_name_func
= func
;
4505 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
4508 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl
)
4510 return ((REG_P (rtl
) && REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
4511 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
4512 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
4515 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
4519 type_main_variant (tree type
)
4521 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
4523 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4524 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4525 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4526 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4528 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
4529 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
4530 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
4535 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4538 is_tagged_type (const_tree type
)
4540 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
4542 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
4543 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
4546 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4549 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
4553 case DW_TAG_padding
:
4554 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4555 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
4556 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4557 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
4558 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4559 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
4560 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4561 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
4562 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4563 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
4564 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4565 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
4566 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4568 return "DW_TAG_label";
4569 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
4570 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4572 return "DW_TAG_member";
4573 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
4574 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4575 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
4576 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4577 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
4578 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4579 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
4580 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4581 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
4582 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4583 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
4584 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4585 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
4586 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4587 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
4588 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4589 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
4590 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4591 case DW_TAG_variant
:
4592 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4593 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
4594 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4595 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
4596 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4597 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
4598 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4599 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
4600 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4602 return "DW_TAG_module";
4603 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
4604 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4605 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
4606 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4607 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
4608 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4609 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
4610 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4611 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
4612 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4613 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
4614 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4615 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
4616 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4617 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
4618 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4619 case DW_TAG_constant
:
4620 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4621 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
4622 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4623 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
4624 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4626 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4627 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
4628 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4629 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
4630 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4631 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
4632 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4633 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
4634 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4635 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
4636 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4637 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
4638 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4639 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
4640 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4641 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
4642 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4643 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
4644 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4645 case DW_TAG_variable
:
4646 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4647 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
4648 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4649 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure
:
4650 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
4651 case DW_TAG_restrict_type
:
4652 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
4653 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
4654 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
4655 case DW_TAG_namespace
:
4656 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4657 case DW_TAG_imported_module
:
4658 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
4659 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type
:
4660 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
4661 case DW_TAG_partial_unit
:
4662 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
4663 case DW_TAG_imported_unit
:
4664 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
4665 case DW_TAG_condition
:
4666 return "DW_TAG_condition";
4667 case DW_TAG_shared_type
:
4668 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
4669 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
4670 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4671 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
4672 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4673 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
4674 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4675 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
4676 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4677 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
4678 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4679 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
4680 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4682 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4686 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4689 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
4694 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4695 case DW_AT_location
:
4696 return "DW_AT_location";
4698 return "DW_AT_name";
4699 case DW_AT_ordering
:
4700 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4701 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
4702 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4703 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
4704 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4705 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
4706 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4707 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
4708 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4709 case DW_AT_element_list
:
4710 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4711 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
4712 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4714 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4716 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4717 case DW_AT_language
:
4718 return "DW_AT_language";
4720 return "DW_AT_member";
4722 return "DW_AT_discr";
4723 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
4724 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4725 case DW_AT_visibility
:
4726 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4728 return "DW_AT_import";
4729 case DW_AT_string_length
:
4730 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4731 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
4732 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4733 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
4734 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4735 case DW_AT_const_value
:
4736 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4737 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
4738 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4739 case DW_AT_default_value
:
4740 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4742 return "DW_AT_inline";
4743 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
4744 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4745 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
4746 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4747 case DW_AT_producer
:
4748 return "DW_AT_producer";
4749 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
4750 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4751 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
4752 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4753 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
4754 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4755 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
4756 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
4757 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
4758 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4759 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
4760 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4761 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
4762 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4763 case DW_AT_address_class
:
4764 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4765 case DW_AT_artificial
:
4766 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4767 case DW_AT_base_types
:
4768 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4769 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
4770 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4772 return "DW_AT_count";
4773 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
4774 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4775 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
4776 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4777 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
4778 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4779 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
4780 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4781 case DW_AT_declaration
:
4782 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4783 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
4784 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4785 case DW_AT_encoding
:
4786 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4787 case DW_AT_external
:
4788 return "DW_AT_external";
4789 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
4790 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4792 return "DW_AT_friend";
4793 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
4794 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4795 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
4796 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4797 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
4798 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4799 case DW_AT_priority
:
4800 return "DW_AT_priority";
4802 return "DW_AT_segment";
4803 case DW_AT_specification
:
4804 return "DW_AT_specification";
4805 case DW_AT_static_link
:
4806 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4808 return "DW_AT_type";
4809 case DW_AT_use_location
:
4810 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4811 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
4812 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4813 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
4814 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4815 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
4816 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4818 case DW_AT_allocated
:
4819 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4820 case DW_AT_associated
:
4821 return "DW_AT_associated";
4822 case DW_AT_data_location
:
4823 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4824 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
4825 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
4826 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
4827 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4828 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
4829 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4830 case DW_AT_extension
:
4831 return "DW_AT_extension";
4833 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4834 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
4835 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4836 case DW_AT_call_column
:
4837 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4838 case DW_AT_call_file
:
4839 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4840 case DW_AT_call_line
:
4841 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4843 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
4844 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4845 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
4846 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4847 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
4848 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4849 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
4850 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4851 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
4852 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4853 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
4854 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4855 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
4856 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4857 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
4858 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4859 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
4860 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4861 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
4862 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4863 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
4864 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4866 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
4867 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4868 case DW_AT_src_info
:
4869 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4870 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
4871 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4872 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
4873 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4874 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
4875 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4876 case DW_AT_body_end
:
4877 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4878 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
4879 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4881 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
4882 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4885 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4889 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4892 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
4897 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4898 case DW_FORM_block2
:
4899 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4900 case DW_FORM_block4
:
4901 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4903 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4905 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4907 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4908 case DW_FORM_string
:
4909 return "DW_FORM_string";
4911 return "DW_FORM_block";
4912 case DW_FORM_block1
:
4913 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4915 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4917 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4919 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4921 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4923 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4924 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
4925 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4927 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4929 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4931 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4933 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4934 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
4935 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4936 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
4937 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4939 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4943 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4944 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4945 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4946 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4950 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl
)
4952 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl
), TS_DECL_COMMON
))
4955 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4956 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4957 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4958 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
4961 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4962 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4963 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)));
4965 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
4968 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4969 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4970 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4971 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4975 block_ultimate_origin (const_tree block
)
4977 tree immediate_origin
= BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block
);
4979 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4980 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4981 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4982 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block
) && immediate_origin
== block
)
4985 if (immediate_origin
== NULL_TREE
)
4990 tree lookahead
= immediate_origin
;
4994 ret_val
= lookahead
;
4995 lookahead
= (TREE_CODE (ret_val
) == BLOCK
4996 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val
) : NULL
);
4998 while (lookahead
!= NULL
&& lookahead
!= ret_val
);
5000 /* The block's abstract origin chain may not be the *ultimate* origin of
5001 the block. It could lead to a DECL that has an abstract origin set.
5002 If so, we want that DECL's abstract origin (which is what DECL_ORIGIN
5003 will give us if it has one). Note that DECL's abstract origins are
5004 supposed to be the most distant ancestor (or so decl_ultimate_origin
5005 claims), so we don't need to loop following the DECL origins. */
5006 if (DECL_P (ret_val
))
5007 return DECL_ORIGIN (ret_val
);
5013 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
5014 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
5018 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
5020 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
5022 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
5023 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
5025 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
5026 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
5028 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
5029 context
= NULL_TREE
;
5034 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
5037 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
5039 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
5043 if (die
->die_attr
== NULL
)
5044 die
->die_attr
= VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node
, gc
, 1);
5045 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node
, gc
, die
->die_attr
, attr
);
5048 static inline enum dw_val_class
5049 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
5051 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
5054 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
5057 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
5061 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5062 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
5063 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
5064 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5067 static inline unsigned
5068 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
5070 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
);
5071 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
5074 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
5077 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
5081 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5082 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
5083 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
5084 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5087 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
5088 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
5090 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
);
5091 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
5094 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
5097 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5098 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
5102 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5103 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
5104 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
5105 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5108 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
5109 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
5111 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
);
5112 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
5115 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
5118 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5119 long unsigned int val_hi
, long unsigned int val_low
)
5123 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5124 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_long_long
;
5125 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
= val_hi
;
5126 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
= val_low
;
5127 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5130 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
5133 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5134 unsigned int length
, unsigned int elt_size
, unsigned char *array
)
5138 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5139 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
5140 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
5141 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
5142 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
5143 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5146 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
5149 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x
)
5151 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
5155 debug_str_eq (const void *x1
, const void *x2
)
5157 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
5158 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
5161 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
5164 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
5167 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
5170 if (! debug_str_hash
)
5171 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
5172 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
5174 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
5175 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
5178 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*)
5179 ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
5180 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
5184 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
5188 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5189 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
5190 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
5191 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5194 static inline const char *
5195 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
5197 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
5198 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
5201 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
5202 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
5205 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
5207 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
5211 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
5213 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
5217 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
5219 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
5220 always better to put it inline. */
5221 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
5222 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
5224 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
5225 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
5227 if ((debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
5228 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
)
5229 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
5231 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
5232 ++dw2_string_counter
;
5233 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
5235 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
5238 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5241 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
5245 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5246 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
5247 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
5248 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
5249 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5252 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
5253 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
5256 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
5258 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
5259 gcc_assert (!targ_die
->die_definition
);
5260 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
5263 static inline dw_die_ref
5264 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
5266 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
5267 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
5271 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
5273 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
5274 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
5280 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
5282 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
5283 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
5286 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5289 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
5293 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5294 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
5295 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
5296 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5299 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
5302 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5306 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5307 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
5308 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
5309 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5312 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
5313 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
5315 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
5316 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
5320 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
5324 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5325 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
5326 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
5327 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5328 have_location_lists
= true;
5331 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
5332 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
5334 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
5335 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
5338 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
5341 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
)
5345 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5346 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
5347 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
5348 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5351 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
5354 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
5356 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
);
5357 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
5360 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
5363 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5364 struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
)
5368 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5369 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_file
;
5370 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
= fd
;
5371 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5374 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
5376 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
5377 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a
)
5379 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_file
);
5380 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
;
5383 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
5386 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *lbl_id
)
5390 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5391 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
5392 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
5393 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5396 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
5397 debug_line section. */
5400 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5405 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5406 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lineptr
;
5407 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
5408 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5411 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
5412 debug_macinfo section. */
5415 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5420 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5421 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_macptr
;
5422 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
5423 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5426 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5429 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5430 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
5434 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5435 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
5436 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
5437 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5440 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
5443 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5444 long unsigned int offset
)
5448 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5449 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
5450 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
5451 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5454 static inline const char *
5455 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
5457 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
5458 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lineptr
5459 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_macptr
));
5460 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
5463 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
5466 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5470 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
5475 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
5476 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5478 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
5479 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
5483 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
5488 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5489 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5490 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5492 static inline const char *
5493 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
5495 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
5497 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
5500 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5501 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5502 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5504 static inline const char *
5505 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
5507 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
5509 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
5512 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5513 NULL if it is not present. */
5515 static inline const char *
5516 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5518 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5520 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
5523 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5524 if it is not present. */
5527 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5529 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5531 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
5534 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5535 if it is not present. */
5537 static inline unsigned
5538 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5540 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5542 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
5545 static inline dw_die_ref
5546 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5548 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5550 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
5553 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
5554 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5556 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5558 return a
? AT_file (a
) : NULL
;
5561 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
5566 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5568 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC
5569 || lang
== DW_LANG_C99
5570 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
);
5573 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5578 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5580 return lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
5583 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5588 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5590 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
5591 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
5592 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran95
);
5595 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5600 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5602 return lang
== DW_LANG_Java
;
5605 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5610 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5612 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
5615 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5618 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5626 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
5627 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5629 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
5630 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
5631 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
5633 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
5635 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
);
5640 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
5641 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
5644 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
5646 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
5647 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== child
);
5650 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
);
5654 prev
->die_sib
= child
->die_sib
;
5655 if (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
)
5656 child
->die_parent
->die_child
= prev
;
5659 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
5663 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_tag tag
)
5669 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
5671 while (c
->die_tag
== tag
)
5673 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
5674 /* Might have removed every child. */
5675 if (c
== c
->die_sib
)
5679 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
5682 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
5685 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
5687 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
5688 if (! die
|| ! child_die
)
5690 gcc_assert (die
!= child_die
);
5692 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5695 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
->die_sib
;
5696 die
->die_child
->die_sib
= child_die
;
5699 child_die
->die_sib
= child_die
;
5700 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5703 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5704 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
5705 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
5708 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
5712 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5713 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5714 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
5716 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
5722 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== parent
5723 || (child
->die_parent
5724 == get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
)));
5726 for (p
= child
->die_parent
->die_child
; ; p
= p
->die_sib
)
5727 if (p
->die_sib
== child
)
5729 remove_child_with_prev (child
, p
);
5733 add_child_die (parent
, child
);
5736 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5738 static inline dw_die_ref
5739 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
5741 dw_die_ref die
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node
));
5743 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
5745 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
5746 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
5749 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
5751 limbo_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node
));
5752 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
5753 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
5754 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
5755 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
5761 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5763 static inline dw_die_ref
5764 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
5766 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
5769 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5772 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
5774 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
5777 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5780 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
5782 return (hashval_t
) ((const_dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
;
5785 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5788 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
5790 return (((const_dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
5793 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5795 static inline dw_die_ref
5796 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
5798 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
5801 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
5804 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x
)
5806 return (hashval_t
) ((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
;
5809 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
5813 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
5815 return (((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
5818 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
5820 static inline var_loc_list
*
5821 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl
)
5823 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
5826 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5829 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
5831 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5834 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
5836 decl_die
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
5839 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
5842 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl
, struct var_loc_node
*loc
)
5844 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5848 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
5851 temp
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (var_loc_list
));
5852 temp
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
5860 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
5861 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
5862 we have nothing to do. */
5863 if ((!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp
->last
->var_loc_note
),
5864 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc
->var_loc_note
)))
5865 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp
->last
->var_loc_note
)
5866 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc
->var_loc_note
))
5867 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp
->last
->var_loc_note
)
5868 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
5869 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc
->var_loc_note
)
5870 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
))))
5872 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
5873 temp
->last
->next
= loc
;
5877 /* Do not add empty location to the beginning of the list. */
5878 else if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
5885 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5886 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5887 the DIE internal representation. */
5888 static int print_indent
;
5890 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5893 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
5895 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
5898 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5899 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5902 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
5908 print_spaces (outfile
);
5909 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4ld: %s\n",
5910 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
5911 print_spaces (outfile
);
5912 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
5913 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %ld\n", die
->die_offset
);
5915 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
5917 print_spaces (outfile
);
5918 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
5920 switch (AT_class (a
))
5922 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5923 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
5925 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5926 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
5928 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5929 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
5931 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
5932 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
5933 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
5935 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
5936 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
5938 case dw_val_class_const
:
5939 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, AT_int (a
));
5941 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5942 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, AT_unsigned (a
));
5944 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5945 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5946 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
,
5947 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
);
5949 case dw_val_class_vec
:
5950 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point or vector constant");
5952 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5953 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
5955 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5956 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
5958 if (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
)
5959 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
5961 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
5964 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
5966 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5967 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
5968 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
5969 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
5971 case dw_val_class_str
:
5972 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
5973 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
5975 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
5977 case dw_val_class_file
:
5978 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a
)->filename
,
5979 AT_file (a
)->emitted_number
);
5985 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5988 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5991 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, print_die (c
, outfile
));
5994 if (print_indent
== 0)
5995 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5998 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5999 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
6002 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile
)
6005 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
6007 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
6008 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
6010 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
6011 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i
,
6012 line_info
->dw_file_num
,
6013 line_info
->dw_line_num
);
6016 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
6019 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
6022 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6024 print_die (die
, stderr
);
6027 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
6028 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
6034 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
6035 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
6036 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
6039 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
6040 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
6041 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
6044 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
6046 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
6047 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
6049 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
6053 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
6056 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
6058 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
6060 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
6064 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
6065 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
6067 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
6070 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
6072 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
6073 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
6074 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
6077 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
6080 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
6082 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
6085 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
6087 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
6088 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
6089 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
6092 switch (AT_class (at
))
6094 case dw_val_class_const
:
6095 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
6097 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6098 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
6100 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6101 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
);
6103 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6104 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
6106 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6107 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
6109 case dw_val_class_str
:
6110 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
6113 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6115 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
6116 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
6119 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6120 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
6123 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6124 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
6125 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
6128 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6129 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
6132 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6133 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6134 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
6135 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
6138 case dw_val_class_file
:
6139 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
6147 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
6150 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
6156 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6159 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
6162 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
6164 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
6166 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
6167 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
6169 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
));
6173 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
6175 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
6177 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
6179 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
6180 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
6181 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
6184 /* Do the values look the same? */
6186 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*v1
, const dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
6188 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
6191 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
6194 switch (v1
->val_class
)
6196 case dw_val_class_const
:
6197 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
6198 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6199 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
6200 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6201 return v1
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
6202 && v1
->v
.val_long_long
.low
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6203 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6204 if (v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.length
6205 || v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
6207 if (memcmp (v1
->v
.val_vec
.array
, v2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
6208 v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
* v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
6211 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6212 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
6213 case dw_val_class_str
:
6214 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
6216 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6217 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
6218 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
6219 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
6221 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r1
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
6222 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1
, 0), XSTR (r2
, 0));
6224 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6225 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
6227 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6228 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
6230 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
6231 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
6233 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
6235 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6236 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
6238 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6239 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6240 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
6241 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
6244 case dw_val_class_file
:
6245 return v1
->v
.val_file
== v2
->v
.val_file
;
6252 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
6255 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
6257 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
6260 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
6261 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
6262 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
6265 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
6268 /* Do the dies look the same? */
6271 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
6277 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6279 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
6280 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
6282 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
6285 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
)
6286 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
))
6289 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
, ix
, a1
); ix
++)
6290 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
, ix
), mark
))
6293 c1
= die1
->die_child
;
6294 c2
= die2
->die_child
;
6303 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
6307 if (c1
== die1
->die_child
)
6309 if (c2
== die2
->die_child
)
6319 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
6322 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
6325 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
6327 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
6328 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
6333 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
6335 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
6337 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
6338 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
6340 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
6341 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
6344 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
6346 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
6347 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
6348 char *name
= alloca (strlen (base
) + 64);
6351 unsigned char checksum
[16];
6354 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
6355 the name filename of the unit. */
6357 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
6359 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
6360 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
6361 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
6363 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
6364 clean_symbol_name (name
);
6366 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
6367 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
6369 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
6373 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
6374 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
6377 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
6380 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6382 switch (die
->die_tag
)
6384 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
6385 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
6386 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
6387 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
6388 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
6389 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
6390 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
6391 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
6392 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
6393 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
6394 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
6395 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
6396 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
6397 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
6398 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
6399 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
6400 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
6401 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
6402 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
6409 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
6410 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
6411 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
6412 compilations (functions). */
6415 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
6417 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
6418 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
6419 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
6420 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
6422 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
6425 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
6426 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
6427 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
6428 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
6430 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
6432 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
6435 return is_type_die (c
);
6438 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
6439 compilation unit. */
6442 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
6444 return (is_type_die (c
)
6445 || (get_AT (c
, DW_AT_declaration
)
6446 && !get_AT (c
, DW_AT_specification
))
6447 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
6451 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
6455 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
6456 return xstrdup (buf
);
6459 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6462 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
6466 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
6468 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
6470 char *p
= alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
6472 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
6473 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
6474 die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
6477 die
->die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6480 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, assign_symbol_names (c
));
6483 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6486 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
6487 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
6490 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6492 htab_cu_hash (const void *of
)
6494 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry
= of
;
6496 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_symbol
);
6500 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
6502 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry1
= of1
;
6503 const struct die_struct
*entry2
= of2
;
6505 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_symbol
, entry2
->die_symbol
);
6509 htab_cu_del (void *what
)
6511 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
, *entry
= what
;
6521 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6524 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
6526 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
6527 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
6529 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
6531 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
6532 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
6536 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
6538 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
6544 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
6548 entry
= XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry
);
6550 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
6551 entry
->next
= *slot
;
6557 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6559 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int sym_num
)
6561 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
6563 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
6564 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
6568 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
6571 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6572 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6573 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6576 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
6579 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
6580 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
6581 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
6585 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
6587 while (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6588 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
6590 dw_die_ref next
= c
->die_sib
;
6592 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6593 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
6595 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
6596 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
6597 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
6598 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
6600 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
6602 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
6605 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
6608 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6609 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6613 assign_symbol_names (die
);
6614 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
6615 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
6621 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
6622 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6623 &comdat_symbol_number
);
6624 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
6626 *pnode
= node
->next
;
6629 pnode
= &node
->next
;
6630 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6631 comdat_symbol_number
);
6634 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
6637 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6638 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6639 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6642 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
6646 if (! die
->die_child
)
6649 if (die
->die_parent
&& die
!= die
->die_parent
->die_child
)
6650 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
6652 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_sibling_attributes (c
));
6655 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6658 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
6664 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
6665 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
6666 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a
));
6668 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_location_lists (c
));
6671 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6672 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6673 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6674 die are visited recursively. */
6677 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
)
6679 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6680 unsigned int n_alloc
;
6685 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6686 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6687 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
6688 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6689 && AT_ref (a
)->die_mark
== 0)
6691 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
6693 set_AT_ref_external (a
, 1);
6696 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6698 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6699 dw_attr_ref die_a
, abbrev_a
;
6703 if (abbrev
->die_tag
!= die
->die_tag
)
6705 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) != (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
6708 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
)
6709 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
))
6712 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, die_a
); ix
++)
6714 abbrev_a
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
);
6715 if ((abbrev_a
->dw_attr
!= die_a
->dw_attr
)
6716 || (value_format (abbrev_a
) != value_format (die_a
)))
6726 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
6728 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
6730 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6731 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table
,
6732 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * n_alloc
);
6734 memset (&abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
6735 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6736 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
6739 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
6740 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
6743 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
6744 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, build_abbrev_table (c
));
6747 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6750 constant_size (long unsigned int value
)
6757 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
6760 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
6765 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6766 .debug_info section. */
6768 static unsigned long
6769 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6771 unsigned long size
= 0;
6775 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
6776 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
6778 switch (AT_class (a
))
6780 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6781 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6783 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6784 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6786 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6788 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6791 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
6795 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6796 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6798 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6799 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6801 case dw_val_class_const
:
6802 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
6804 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6805 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
6807 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6808 size
+= 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
; /* block */
6810 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6811 size
+= 1 + (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
6812 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
); /* block */
6814 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6817 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6818 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6819 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6821 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6823 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6824 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6826 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6827 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6829 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
6830 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
6831 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6833 case dw_val_class_str
:
6834 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6835 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6837 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
6839 case dw_val_class_file
:
6840 size
+= constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
));
6850 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6851 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6852 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6853 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6856 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
6860 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
6861 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
6863 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, calc_die_sizes (c
));
6865 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6866 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6867 next_die_offset
+= 1;
6870 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6871 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6872 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6873 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6876 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6880 gcc_assert (!die
->die_mark
);
6883 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, mark_dies (c
));
6886 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6889 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6893 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
6896 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_dies (c
));
6899 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6902 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6912 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_all_dies (c
));
6914 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
6915 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
6916 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
6919 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
6920 generated for the compilation unit. */
6922 static unsigned long
6923 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
6929 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6930 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, p
); i
++)
6931 if (names
!= pubtype_table
6932 || p
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
6933 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
6934 size
+= strlen (p
->name
) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 1;
6936 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6940 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6942 static unsigned long
6943 size_of_aranges (void)
6947 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6949 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6950 if (text_section_used
)
6951 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6952 if (cold_text_section_used
)
6953 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6954 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
6956 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6957 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6961 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6963 static enum dwarf_form
6964 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6966 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
6968 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6969 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6970 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6971 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6972 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6973 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
)
6976 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6978 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6982 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6983 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
6986 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6988 return DW_FORM_block2
;
6992 case dw_val_class_const
:
6993 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
6994 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6995 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
6998 return DW_FORM_data1
;
7000 return DW_FORM_data2
;
7002 return DW_FORM_data4
;
7004 return DW_FORM_data8
;
7008 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
7009 return DW_FORM_block1
;
7010 case dw_val_class_vec
:
7011 return DW_FORM_block1
;
7012 case dw_val_class_flag
:
7013 return DW_FORM_flag
;
7014 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
7015 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
7016 return DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
7019 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
7020 return DW_FORM_data
;
7021 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
7022 return DW_FORM_addr
;
7023 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
7024 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
7025 return DW_FORM_data
;
7026 case dw_val_class_str
:
7027 return AT_string_form (a
);
7028 case dw_val_class_file
:
7029 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
)))
7032 return DW_FORM_data1
;
7034 return DW_FORM_data2
;
7036 return DW_FORM_data4
;
7046 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
7049 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
7051 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
7053 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
7056 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
7060 output_abbrev_section (void)
7062 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
7064 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
7066 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
7070 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
7071 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
7072 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
7074 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
7075 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
7077 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
7079 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
, a_attr
);
7082 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
7083 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
7084 output_value_format (a_attr
);
7087 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
7088 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
7091 /* Terminate the table. */
7092 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
7095 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
7098 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
7100 char *sym
= die
->die_symbol
;
7105 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
7106 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
7107 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
7109 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
, sym
);
7111 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
7114 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
7115 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
7116 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
7118 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7119 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
7120 const char *section
, unsigned int gensym
)
7122 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node
));
7124 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
7126 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
7127 retlist
->section
= section
;
7129 retlist
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
7134 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
7137 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
,
7138 const char *begin
, const char *end
,
7139 const char *section
)
7143 /* Find the end of the chain. */
7144 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
7147 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
7148 *d
= new_loc_list (descr
, begin
, end
, section
, 0);
7151 /* Output the location list given to us. */
7154 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
7156 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
7158 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
7160 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
7161 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
7164 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
7165 if (strcmp (curr
->begin
, curr
->end
) == 0)
7167 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
7169 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
7170 "Location list begin address (%s)",
7171 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
7172 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
7173 "Location list end address (%s)",
7174 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
7178 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
7179 "Location list begin address (%s)",
7180 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
7181 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
,
7182 "Location list end address (%s)",
7183 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
7185 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
7187 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
7188 gcc_assert (size
<= 0xffff);
7189 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
7191 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
7194 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
7195 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
7196 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
7197 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
7198 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
7199 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
7202 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
7203 the definitions of each child DIE. */
7206 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
7213 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
7214 them to point to. */
7215 if (die
->die_symbol
)
7216 output_die_symbol (die
);
7218 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
7219 (unsigned long)die
->die_offset
,
7220 dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
7222 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7224 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
7226 switch (AT_class (a
))
7228 case dw_val_class_addr
:
7229 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
7232 case dw_val_class_offset
:
7233 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
7237 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
7239 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
7241 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
7242 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
7243 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
7244 debug_ranges_section
, "%s", name
);
7249 case dw_val_class_loc
:
7250 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
7252 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
7253 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
7255 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
7258 case dw_val_class_const
:
7259 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
7260 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
7261 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
7262 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
7265 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
7266 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
7267 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
7270 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
7272 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
7274 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
7275 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
7278 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
7280 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
7281 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
7285 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
7286 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
7289 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
7290 first
, "long long constant");
7291 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
7296 case dw_val_class_vec
:
7298 unsigned int elt_size
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
7299 unsigned int len
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
;
7303 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len
* elt_size
, "%s", name
);
7304 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
7309 for (i
= 0, p
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
;
7312 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
7313 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
7317 case dw_val_class_flag
:
7318 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
7321 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
7323 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
7326 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, debug_loc_section
,
7331 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
7332 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
7334 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
;
7337 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, sym
, debug_info_section
,
7342 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
7343 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
7348 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
7352 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
7353 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
7354 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, debug_frame_section
,
7359 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
7360 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
7363 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
7364 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
7365 debug_line_section
, "%s", name
);
7368 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
7369 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
7370 debug_macinfo_section
, "%s", name
);
7373 case dw_val_class_str
:
7374 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
7375 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
7376 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
7378 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
7380 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
7383 case dw_val_class_file
:
7385 int f
= maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
);
7387 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f
), f
, "%s (%s)", name
,
7388 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
->filename
);
7397 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_die (c
));
7399 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
7400 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
7401 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
7402 (unsigned long) die
->die_offset
);
7405 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
7406 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
7409 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
7411 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7412 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7413 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7414 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
7415 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
7416 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
7417 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF version number");
7418 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
7419 debug_abbrev_section
,
7420 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
7421 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
7424 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
7427 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
7429 const char *secname
;
7432 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
7433 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
7436 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
7437 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
7438 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
7439 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
7440 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
7443 build_abbrev_table (die
);
7445 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
7446 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
7447 calc_die_sizes (die
);
7449 oldsym
= die
->die_symbol
;
7452 tmp
= alloca (strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
7454 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
7456 die
->die_symbol
= NULL
;
7457 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
7460 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
7462 /* Output debugging information. */
7463 output_compilation_unit_header ();
7466 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
7471 die
->die_symbol
= oldsym
;
7475 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
7478 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
7480 return lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
7483 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
7486 add_pubname_string (const char *str
, dw_die_ref die
)
7491 e
.name
= xstrdup (str
);
7492 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubname_table
, &e
);
7496 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
7499 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
7500 add_pubname_string (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1), die
);
7503 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
7506 add_pubtype (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
7511 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
7512 || die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
)
7513 && (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_typedef
|| COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl
)))
7518 if (TYPE_NAME (decl
))
7520 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
7521 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl
));
7522 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == TYPE_DECL
7523 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)))
7524 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)));
7526 e
.name
= xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
));
7530 e
.name
= xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1));
7532 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
7534 if (e
.name
&& e
.name
[0] != '\0')
7535 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubtype_table
, &e
);
7539 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7540 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
7543 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
7546 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames (names
);
7549 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7550 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7551 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7552 if (names
== pubname_table
)
7553 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
7554 "Length of Public Names Info");
7556 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
7557 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
7558 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7559 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
7561 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7562 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
7563 "Compilation Unit Length");
7565 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, pub
); i
++)
7567 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7568 if (names
== pubname_table
)
7569 gcc_assert (pub
->die
->die_mark
);
7571 if (names
!= pubtype_table
7572 || pub
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
7573 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
7575 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
7578 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
7582 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7585 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7588 add_arange (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
7590 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
7593 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
7595 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7596 arange_table
= ggc_realloc (arange_table
,
7597 (arange_table_allocated
7598 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
)));
7599 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
7600 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
7603 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
7606 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7607 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7608 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7611 output_aranges (void)
7614 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
7616 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7617 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7618 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7619 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
7620 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7621 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7622 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
7624 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7625 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
7626 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7628 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7629 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
7631 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7633 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7634 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7635 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
7636 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
7639 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
7640 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
7641 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
7642 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
7643 confused with the terminator. */
7644 if (text_section_used
)
7646 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
7647 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
7648 text_section_label
, "Length");
7650 if (cold_text_section_used
)
7652 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_text_section_label
,
7654 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_end_label
,
7655 cold_text_section_label
, "Length");
7658 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
7660 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
7662 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7663 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
7665 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
7667 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
7669 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
7670 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
7674 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7675 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7676 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7677 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
7678 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
7680 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
7683 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
);
7685 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7686 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
7687 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7688 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
7693 /* Output the terminator words. */
7694 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7695 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7698 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7702 add_ranges_num (int num
)
7704 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
7706 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
7708 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7710 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table
, (ranges_table_allocated
7711 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
)));
7712 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
7713 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
7716 ranges_table
[in_use
].num
= num
;
7717 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
7719 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
7722 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
7723 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
7726 add_ranges (const_tree block
)
7728 return add_ranges_num (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
7731 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
7735 add_ranges_by_labels (const char *begin
, const char *end
)
7737 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_by_label_in_use
;
7739 if (in_use
== ranges_by_label_allocated
)
7741 ranges_by_label_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7743 = ggc_realloc (ranges_by_label
,
7744 (ranges_by_label_allocated
7745 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
)));
7746 memset (ranges_by_label
+ ranges_by_label_in_use
, 0,
7747 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
7748 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
));
7751 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].begin
= begin
;
7752 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].end
= end
;
7753 ranges_by_label_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
7755 return add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use
- 1);
7759 output_ranges (void)
7762 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset 0x%x";
7763 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
7765 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
7767 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].num
;
7771 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7772 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7774 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
7775 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
7777 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7778 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7779 base of the text section. */
7780 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
7782 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7784 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7785 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
7786 text_section_label
, NULL
);
7789 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
7790 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
7791 about whether the target supports cross-section
7795 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7796 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7797 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
7803 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
7804 else if (block_num
< 0)
7806 int lab_idx
= - block_num
- 1;
7808 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
7812 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
7813 function section, all we have to do is to take out
7815 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7816 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
7818 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7819 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7820 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
7821 text_section_label
, NULL
);
7826 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7827 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
7828 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7829 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7830 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
7836 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7837 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7843 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7846 const char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
7847 const char *fname
; /* File name part. */
7848 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
7849 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
7850 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
7853 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7857 const char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
7858 int length
; /* Path length. */
7859 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7860 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7861 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7864 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7865 the directories in the path. */
7868 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
7870 const struct file_info
*s1
= p1
;
7871 const struct file_info
*s2
= p2
;
7872 const unsigned char *cp1
;
7873 const unsigned char *cp2
;
7875 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7876 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7877 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7878 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7879 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7880 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
7881 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
7883 cp1
= (const unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
7884 cp2
= (const unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
7890 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7891 if ((cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
7892 || (cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
7893 return ((cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
7894 - (cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
7896 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7897 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
7902 struct file_name_acquire_data
7904 struct file_info
*files
;
7909 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
7912 file_name_acquire (void ** slot
, void *data
)
7914 struct file_name_acquire_data
*fnad
= data
;
7915 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= *slot
;
7916 struct file_info
*fi
;
7919 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
>= d
->emitted_number
);
7921 if (! d
->emitted_number
)
7924 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
!= fnad
->used_files
);
7926 fi
= fnad
->files
+ fnad
->used_files
++;
7928 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7930 while (f
[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f
[1]))
7933 /* Create a new array entry. */
7935 fi
->length
= strlen (f
);
7938 /* Search for the file name part. */
7939 f
= strrchr (f
, DIR_SEPARATOR
);
7940 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
7942 char *g
= strrchr (fi
->path
, DIR_SEPARATOR_2
);
7946 if (f
== NULL
|| f
< g
)
7952 fi
->fname
= f
== NULL
? fi
->path
: f
+ 1;
7956 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7957 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7958 slowdowns with many input files. */
7961 output_file_names (void)
7963 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad
;
7965 struct file_info
*files
;
7966 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
7975 if (!last_emitted_file
)
7977 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7978 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7982 numfiles
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
;
7984 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7985 files
= alloca (numfiles
* sizeof (struct file_info
));
7986 dirs
= alloca (numfiles
* sizeof (struct dir_info
));
7989 fnad
.used_files
= 0;
7990 fnad
.max_files
= numfiles
;
7991 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_name_acquire
, &fnad
);
7992 gcc_assert (fnad
.used_files
== fnad
.max_files
);
7994 qsort (files
, numfiles
, sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
7996 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7997 dirs
[0].path
= files
[0].path
;
7998 dirs
[0].length
= files
[0].fname
- files
[0].path
;
7999 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
8001 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
8002 files
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
8005 for (i
= 1; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
8006 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
8007 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
8008 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
8010 /* Same directory as last entry. */
8011 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
8012 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
8018 /* This is a new directory. */
8019 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
8020 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
8021 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
8022 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
8023 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
8025 /* Search for a prefix. */
8026 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
8027 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
8028 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
8029 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
8030 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
8031 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
8032 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
8033 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
8038 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
8039 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
8040 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
8041 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
8042 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
8043 results in most cases and never is much off. */
8044 saved
= alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
8045 savehere
= alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
8047 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
8048 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
8053 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
8054 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
8055 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
8056 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
8058 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
8061 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
8063 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
8068 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
8073 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
8074 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
8076 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
8077 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
8082 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
8084 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
8086 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
8087 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
8088 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
8090 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
8091 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
8093 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
8094 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
8099 /* Emit the directory name table. */
8101 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
8102 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
8103 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
, dirs
[i
].length
- 1,
8104 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", i
+ idx_offset
);
8106 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
8108 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
8109 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
8110 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
8111 backmap
= alloca (numfiles
* sizeof (int));
8112 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
8113 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
->emitted_number
- 1] = i
;
8115 /* Now write all the file names. */
8116 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
8118 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
8119 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
8121 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
8122 "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
8124 /* Include directory index. */
8125 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
8127 /* Modification time. */
8128 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
8130 /* File length in bytes. */
8131 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
8134 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
8138 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
8139 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
8142 output_line_info (void)
8144 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
8145 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
8146 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
8149 unsigned long lt_index
;
8150 unsigned long current_line
;
8153 unsigned long current_file
;
8154 unsigned long function
;
8156 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
8157 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
8158 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
8159 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
8161 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
8162 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
8163 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
8164 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
8165 "Length of Source Line Info");
8166 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
8168 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
8169 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
8170 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
8172 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
8173 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
8174 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
8175 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
8176 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
8177 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
8178 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
8179 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
8180 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
8181 "Minimum Instruction Length");
8183 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
8184 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
8185 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
8186 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
8187 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
8188 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
8189 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
8190 "Special Opcode Base");
8192 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
8196 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
8197 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
8198 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
8199 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
8200 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
8208 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
8212 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
8213 output_file_names ();
8214 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
8216 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
8217 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
8218 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
8220 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
8221 a series of state machine operations. */
8225 if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
8226 strcpy (prev_line_label
, crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
);
8228 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
8229 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
8231 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
8234 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
8235 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
8238 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
8239 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
8240 that anything after the last address is this line. */
8241 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
8242 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
8246 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
8248 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
8249 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
8250 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
8251 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
8252 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
8253 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
8255 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
8258 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
8259 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
8260 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8261 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
8265 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
8266 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
8267 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8268 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
8269 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
8270 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
8273 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
8275 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
8276 different from the previous line. */
8277 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
8279 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
8280 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
8281 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "%lu", current_file
);
8284 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
8285 that uses the least amount of space. */
8286 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
8288 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
8289 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
8290 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
8291 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
8292 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
8293 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
8295 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
8296 "line %lu", current_line
);
8299 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
8300 depending on the value being encoded. */
8301 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
8302 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
8303 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
8304 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
8308 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
8309 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
8312 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
8315 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
8316 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8317 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
8321 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8322 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
8323 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
8324 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
8327 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
8328 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
8329 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
8334 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
8336 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
8337 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
8340 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
8341 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
8342 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
8343 && line_info
->function
== function
)
8347 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
8348 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
8349 to handle it differently. */
8350 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
8352 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
8354 function
= line_info
->function
;
8356 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
8357 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8358 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
8359 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
8360 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
8364 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
8367 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
8368 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8369 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
8373 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8374 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
8375 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
8376 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
8380 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
8382 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
8383 different from the previous line. */
8384 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
8386 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
8387 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
8388 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "%lu", current_file
);
8391 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
8392 that uses the least amount of space. */
8393 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
8395 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
8396 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
8397 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
8398 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
8399 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
8400 "line %lu", current_line
);
8403 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
8404 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
8405 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
8406 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
8410 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
8418 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
8419 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
8420 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
8425 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
8426 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
8429 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
8430 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8431 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
8435 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8436 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
8437 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
8438 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
8441 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
8442 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
8443 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
8444 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
8448 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
8449 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
8452 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
8453 a DIE that describes the given type.
8455 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
8456 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
8459 base_type_die (tree type
)
8461 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
8462 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
8464 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
8467 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
8470 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
))
8472 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
8473 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
8475 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
8477 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
8478 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
8480 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
8484 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
8485 encoding
= DW_ATE_decimal_float
;
8487 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
8490 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
8491 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
8492 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed
;
8494 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_fixed
;
8497 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
8498 a user defined type for it. */
8500 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
8501 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
8503 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
8507 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
8508 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
8512 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
8516 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8518 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
8519 if (! TYPE_NAME (type
))
8520 add_name_attribute (base_type_result
, "__unknown__");
8522 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8523 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
8524 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
8526 return base_type_result
;
8529 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
8530 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
8533 is_base_type (tree type
)
8535 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
8541 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
8549 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
8554 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
8567 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8568 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8569 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8570 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8573 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8574 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type
)
8576 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8577 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
8578 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
8580 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
8581 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
8583 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
8586 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
8587 emitted as a subrange type. */
8590 is_subrange_type (const_tree type
)
8592 tree subtype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8594 /* Subrange types are identified by the fact that they are integer
8595 types, and that they have a subtype which is either an integer type
8596 or an enumeral type. */
8598 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != INTEGER_TYPE
8599 || subtype
== NULL_TREE
)
8602 if (TREE_CODE (subtype
) != INTEGER_TYPE
8603 && TREE_CODE (subtype
) != ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
8606 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == TREE_CODE (subtype
)
8607 && int_size_in_bytes (type
) == int_size_in_bytes (subtype
)
8608 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
) != NULL
8609 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype
) != NULL
8610 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
), TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype
))
8611 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
) != NULL
8612 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype
) != NULL
8613 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
), TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype
)))
8615 /* The type and its subtype have the same representation. If in
8616 addition the two types also have the same name, then the given
8617 type is not a subrange type, but rather a plain base type. */
8618 /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-03-22:
8619 Sizetype INTEGER_CSTs nodes are canonicalized. It should
8620 therefore be sufficient to check the TYPE_SIZE node pointers
8621 rather than checking the actual size. Unfortunately, we have
8622 found some cases, such as in the Ada "integer" type, where
8623 this is not the case. Until this problem is solved, we need to
8624 keep checking the actual size. */
8625 tree type_name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
8626 tree subtype_name
= TYPE_NAME (subtype
);
8628 if (type_name
!= NULL
&& TREE_CODE (type_name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
8629 type_name
= DECL_NAME (type_name
);
8631 if (subtype_name
!= NULL
&& TREE_CODE (subtype_name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
8632 subtype_name
= DECL_NAME (subtype_name
);
8634 if (type_name
== subtype_name
)
8641 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
8642 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
8645 subrange_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
8647 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
8648 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
8650 if (context_die
== NULL
)
8651 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
8653 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, context_die
, type
);
8655 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != size_in_bytes
)
8657 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
8658 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
8659 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_in_bytes
);
8662 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
8663 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
8664 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
));
8665 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
8666 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
8667 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
));
8669 return subrange_die
;
8672 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8673 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8676 modified_type_die (tree type
, int is_const_type
, int is_volatile_type
,
8677 dw_die_ref context_die
)
8679 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
8680 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
;
8681 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
8682 tree item_type
= NULL
;
8683 tree qualified_type
;
8686 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
)
8689 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8692 = get_qualified_type (type
,
8693 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
8694 | (is_volatile_type
? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
8696 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8699 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
8701 return mod_type_die
;
8704 name
= qualified_type
? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
) : NULL
;
8706 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8707 if (name
&& TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
&& DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
))
8709 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (name
);
8711 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
8713 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8714 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
8715 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
8717 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
8718 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
8719 || (is_const_type
<= TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
8720 && is_volatile_type
<= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
8721 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
) != type
))
8722 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8723 type to which it refers. */
8724 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
),
8725 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
8727 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8732 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8733 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
8735 else if (is_volatile_type
)
8737 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8738 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
8740 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
8742 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8743 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8744 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
8745 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8747 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
8749 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8750 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8751 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
8752 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8754 else if (is_subrange_type (type
))
8756 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
, context_die
);
8757 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8759 else if (is_base_type (type
))
8760 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
8763 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
8765 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8766 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8767 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8768 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8769 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8771 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
8772 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
8774 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8775 not the main variant. */
8776 return lookup_type_die (type
);
8779 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
8780 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
8781 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type. */
8783 && (TREE_CODE (name
) != TYPE_DECL
8784 || (TREE_TYPE (name
) == qualified_type
&& DECL_NAME (name
))))
8786 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
8787 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
8788 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
8789 useful source coordinates anyway. */
8790 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
8791 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
8795 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type
, mod_type_die
);
8798 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8799 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8800 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8801 types are possible in Ada. */
8802 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
8803 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
8804 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
8807 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
8808 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
8810 return mod_type_die
;
8813 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8814 an enumerated type. */
8817 type_is_enum (const_tree type
)
8819 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
8822 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
8825 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl
)
8827 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
8829 gcc_assert (regno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
);
8831 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8832 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
8834 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno
);
8836 regno
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
8840 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
8843 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
8844 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
8845 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
8848 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, int size
)
8850 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8852 if (*list_head
!= NULL
)
8854 /* Find the end of the chain. */
8855 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
8858 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_piece
)
8859 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0);
8863 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8864 zero if there is none. */
8866 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8867 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
8871 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8874 regs
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (rtl
);
8876 if (hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)] > 1 || regs
)
8877 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
, initialized
);
8879 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl
), initialized
);
8882 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8883 a given hard register number. */
8885 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8886 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
8888 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr
;
8890 reg_loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
, 0, 0);
8892 reg_loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
8894 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
8895 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
8897 return reg_loc_descr
;
8900 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8901 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8903 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8904 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
,
8905 enum var_init_status initialized
)
8909 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8912 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8913 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
8915 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg
);
8917 reg
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
8920 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
) == dbx_reg_number (rtl
));
8921 nregs
= hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)];
8923 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8924 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
8926 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
8933 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
),
8934 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
8935 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8936 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
8942 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8944 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs
) == PARALLEL
);
8946 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8949 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
8953 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)),
8954 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
8955 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8956 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8957 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
8960 if (loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
8961 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
8965 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8967 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8968 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
8970 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8972 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8973 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8977 op
= DW_OP_lit0
+ i
;
8980 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
8982 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8992 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
8994 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8995 || i
>= -0x80000000)
9001 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
9004 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
9006 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9007 based_loc_descr (rtx reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
,
9008 enum var_init_status initialized
)
9011 dw_loc_descr_ref result
;
9013 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
9014 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
9015 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
9016 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
9017 if (reg
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
9019 rtx elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
9023 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
9025 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
9026 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
9028 gcc_assert (elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
9029 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
9030 offset
+= frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
9032 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
9036 regno
= dbx_reg_number (reg
);
9038 result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ regno
, offset
, 0);
9040 result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, regno
, offset
);
9042 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
9043 add_loc_descr (&result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
9048 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
9051 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl
)
9053 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
9054 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
9055 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
9056 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)));
9059 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N locations
9060 used to form the address of a memory location. */
9062 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9063 concatn_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn
, enum machine_mode mode
,
9064 enum var_init_status initialized
)
9067 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
9068 unsigned int n
= XVECLEN (concatn
, 0);
9070 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; ++i
)
9072 dw_loc_descr_ref ref
;
9073 rtx x
= XVECEXP (concatn
, 0, i
);
9075 ref
= mem_loc_descriptor (x
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
9079 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, ref
);
9080 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
)));
9083 if (cc_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
9084 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
9086 return cc_loc_result
;
9089 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
9090 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
9091 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
9092 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
9094 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
9095 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
9096 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
9097 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
9099 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
9100 autoincrement addressing modes.
9102 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
9103 location list for RTL.
9105 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
9107 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9108 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
9109 enum var_init_status initialized
)
9111 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
9112 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
9114 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
9115 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
9116 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
9117 zeroth element of the array. */
9119 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
9121 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9126 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
9127 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
9129 /* ... fall through ... */
9132 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
9133 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
9134 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
9135 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
9136 contains the given subreg. */
9137 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
9139 /* ... fall through ... */
9142 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
9143 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
9144 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
9145 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
9146 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
9147 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
9148 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
9149 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
9150 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
9151 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
9152 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
9153 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
9154 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
9155 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
9156 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (rtl
, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
9160 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
9161 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
9162 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
9163 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
9167 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
9169 /* ... fall through ... */
9172 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
9173 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
9177 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
9178 by a different symbol. */
9179 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
9182 rtx tmp
= get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
9184 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
9187 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp
))
9188 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp
, &marked
);
9193 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
9194 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
9195 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
9196 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
9201 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
9202 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
9203 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
9204 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
9208 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
9210 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
9215 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
9217 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
9218 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
9219 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
9220 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
9222 /* ... fall through ... */
9226 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
9227 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
9228 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)),
9229 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
9232 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
9233 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
9234 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
9237 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
9238 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) >= 0)
9239 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
9240 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
9241 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)), 0));
9244 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
9245 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
9246 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
));
9247 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
9248 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
9253 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
9254 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
9273 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
9274 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
9275 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
9276 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
9278 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
9281 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
9282 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
9283 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
9288 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
9292 mem_loc_result
= concatn_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
,
9293 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
9300 if (mem_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
9301 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
9303 return mem_loc_result
;
9306 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
9307 This is typically a complex variable. */
9309 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9310 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
9312 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
9313 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
= loc_descriptor (x0
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
9314 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
= loc_descriptor (x1
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
9316 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
9319 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
9320 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)));
9322 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
9323 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)));
9325 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
9326 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
9328 return cc_loc_result
;
9331 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
9334 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9335 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
9338 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
9339 unsigned int n
= XVECLEN (concatn
, 0);
9341 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; ++i
)
9343 dw_loc_descr_ref ref
;
9344 rtx x
= XVECEXP (concatn
, 0, i
);
9346 ref
= loc_descriptor (x
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
9350 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, ref
);
9351 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
)));
9354 if (cc_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
9355 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
9357 return cc_loc_result
;
9360 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
9361 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
9362 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
9363 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
9364 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
9366 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
9368 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9369 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
9371 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
9373 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9376 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
9377 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
9378 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
9379 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
9380 contains the given subreg. */
9381 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
9383 /* ... fall through ... */
9386 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
9390 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
9395 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1),
9400 loc_result
= concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
9405 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != PARALLEL
)
9407 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 1), 0), initialized
);
9411 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
9416 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
9417 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
9418 enum machine_mode mode
;
9421 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
9422 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0),
9424 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
9425 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
9426 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
9428 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
9430 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0),
9432 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, temp
);
9433 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
9434 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
9446 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
9447 up particularly with variable length arrays. WANT_ADDRESS is 2 if this is
9448 a top-level invocation of loc_descriptor_from_tree; is 1 if this is not a
9449 top-level invocation, and we require the address of LOC; is 0 if we require
9450 the value of LOC. */
9452 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9453 loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree loc
, int want_address
)
9455 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
, ret1
;
9456 int have_address
= 0;
9457 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
9459 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
9460 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
9463 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
9468 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
9469 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
9470 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
9471 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
9472 the names of types. */
9478 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR
:
9479 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR
:
9480 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR
:
9481 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR
:
9482 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
9486 /* If we already want an address, there's nothing we can do. */
9490 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
9491 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 1);
9494 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc
))
9500 if (targetm
.have_tls
)
9502 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
9504 if (!targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
9507 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
9508 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
9510 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
))
9512 first_op
= INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
;
9513 second_op
= DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
;
9517 if (!targetm
.emutls
.debug_form_tls_address
)
9519 loc
= emutls_decl (loc
);
9520 first_op
= DW_OP_addr
;
9521 second_op
= DW_OP_form_tls_address
;
9524 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
9525 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
9530 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
9531 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
9534 ret
= new_loc_descr (first_op
, 0, 0);
9535 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
9536 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
9538 ret1
= new_loc_descr (second_op
, 0, 0);
9539 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
9547 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc
))
9548 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
),
9555 rtx rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
9557 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
9559 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_INT
)
9561 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
9562 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
9563 val
&= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc
));
9564 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (val
);
9566 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
9568 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
9570 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
9571 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
9572 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
9576 enum machine_mode mode
;
9578 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
9579 if (want_address
== 2)
9580 return loc_descriptor (rtl
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
9582 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9585 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
9588 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
9594 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9599 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), want_address
);
9602 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
9604 case GIMPLE_MODIFY_STMT
:
9605 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (GENERIC_TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0),
9611 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
9614 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
9615 enum machine_mode mode
;
9617 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
9619 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
9620 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
9625 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (obj
, 1);
9627 || bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
9630 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
9632 /* Variable offset. */
9633 add_loc_descr (&ret
, loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (offset
, 0));
9634 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
9637 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9639 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
9640 else if (bytepos
< 0)
9642 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos
));
9643 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
9651 if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
9652 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
9659 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
9660 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
9661 enum machine_mode mode
;
9663 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
9665 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9666 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
9667 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
9672 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
9673 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
9678 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
9684 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
9689 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
9691 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
9692 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
9700 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
9702 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
9703 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
9716 op
= (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) ? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
9719 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
9721 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
9722 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
9724 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9728 add_loc_descr (&ret
,
9729 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
9730 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1),
9740 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
9747 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
9754 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
9761 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
9776 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9777 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
9778 if (ret
== 0 || ret1
== 0)
9781 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
9782 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
9785 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
9799 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9803 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
9809 const enum tree_code code
=
9810 TREE_CODE (loc
) == MIN_EXPR
? GT_EXPR
: LT_EXPR
;
9812 loc
= build3 (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
9813 build2 (code
, integer_type_node
,
9814 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
9815 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
9818 /* ... fall through ... */
9822 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
9823 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
9824 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
9825 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
9826 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
9828 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9829 if (ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
9832 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
9833 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
9835 add_loc_descr (&ret
, rhs
);
9836 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
9837 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jump_node
);
9839 add_loc_descr (&ret
, lhs
);
9840 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
9841 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
9843 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
9844 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
9845 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
9846 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
9847 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
9851 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR
:
9855 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
9856 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
9857 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
9858 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
9861 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
9862 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
9863 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
9866 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
9867 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
9872 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
9873 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
9876 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
9877 if (!want_address
&& have_address
&& ret
)
9879 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
9881 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
9883 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
9886 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
9888 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
9894 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
9895 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
)
9897 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (loc
, 2);
9900 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
9901 which is not less than the value itself. */
9903 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9904 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
9906 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
9909 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
9910 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
9911 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
9915 field_type (const_tree decl
)
9919 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9920 return integer_type_node
;
9922 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
9923 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
9924 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9929 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
9930 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
9931 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
9933 static inline unsigned
9934 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type
)
9936 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
9939 static inline unsigned
9940 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl
)
9942 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
9945 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
9947 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9948 round_up_to_align (HOST_WIDE_INT t
, unsigned int align
)
9950 /* We must be careful if T is negative because HOST_WIDE_INT can be
9951 either "above" or "below" unsigned int as per the C promotion
9952 rules, depending on the host, thus making the signedness of the
9953 direct multiplication and division unpredictable. */
9954 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u
= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) t
;
9960 return (HOST_WIDE_INT
) u
;
9963 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9964 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9965 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9966 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9967 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9970 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9971 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl
)
9973 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
9974 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
9976 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9979 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
9981 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9982 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9983 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9984 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
9987 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
9989 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
9990 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
)
9993 tree field_size_tree
;
9994 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
9995 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
9996 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
9997 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
9998 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
10000 type
= field_type (decl
);
10001 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
10003 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
10004 a flexible array member. */
10005 if (! field_size_tree
)
10006 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
10008 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
10009 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
10010 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
10012 field_size_in_bits
= BITS_PER_WORD
;
10014 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
10015 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
10016 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
10018 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
10019 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
10020 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
10021 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
10022 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
10023 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
10024 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
10025 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
10026 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
10028 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
10030 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
10031 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
10032 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
10033 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
10034 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
10035 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
10036 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
10037 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
10038 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
10039 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
10040 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
10042 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
10043 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
10044 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
10045 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
10046 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
10047 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
10048 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
10049 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
10050 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
10051 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
10054 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
10055 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
10056 must have believed that the containing object started (within
10057 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
10058 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
10059 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
10060 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
10062 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
10063 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
10064 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
10066 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
10067 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
10069 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
10071 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
10073 object_offset_in_bits
10074 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, type_align_in_bits
);
10076 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
10078 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
10080 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
10081 object_offset_in_bits
10082 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, decl_align_in_bits
);
10087 object_offset_in_bits
= bitpos_int
;
10089 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
10092 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
10093 associated with them. */
10095 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
10097 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
10098 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
10099 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
10102 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
10103 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
10106 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
10109 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
10110 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
10111 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
10112 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
10113 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
10114 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
10117 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
10118 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
10119 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10120 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
10121 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
10122 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
10123 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
10124 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
10125 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
10126 function below.) */
10129 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
10131 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
10132 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
10134 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_BINFO
)
10136 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
10137 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl
) && is_cxx ())
10139 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
10140 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
10141 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
10142 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
10144 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
10146 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
10148 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
10150 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
10151 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
10152 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
10154 /* Extract the vtable address. */
10155 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
10156 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
10158 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
10159 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
10160 gcc_assert (offset
< 0);
10162 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
10163 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
10164 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
10165 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
10167 /* Extract the offset. */
10168 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
10169 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
10171 /* Add it to the object address. */
10172 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
10173 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
10176 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
10179 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
10183 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
10185 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
10186 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
10187 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
10189 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10190 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
10191 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
10195 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
10198 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
10201 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
10204 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
10207 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val
, unsigned int size
, unsigned char *dest
)
10211 *dest
++ = val
& 0xff;
10217 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
10219 static HOST_WIDE_INT
10220 extract_int (const unsigned char *src
, unsigned int size
)
10222 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= 0;
10228 val
|= *--src
& 0xff;
10234 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
10237 insert_float (const_rtx rtl
, unsigned char *array
)
10239 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv
;
10243 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
10244 real_to_target (val
, &rv
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
10246 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
10247 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / 4; i
++)
10249 insert_int (val
[i
], 4, array
);
10254 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
10255 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
10256 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
10257 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
10258 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
10261 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
10263 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
10267 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
10270 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
10272 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
10277 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
10278 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
10279 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
10280 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
10282 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
10284 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
10286 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
10287 unsigned char *array
= ggc_alloc (length
);
10289 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
10290 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
/ 4, 4, array
);
10294 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
10295 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
== HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
);
10297 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10298 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
10305 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
10306 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
);
10307 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
10308 unsigned char *array
= ggc_alloc (length
* elt_size
);
10312 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
10314 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
10315 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
10317 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
10318 HOST_WIDE_INT lo
, hi
;
10320 switch (GET_CODE (elt
))
10328 lo
= CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt
);
10329 hi
= CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt
);
10333 gcc_unreachable ();
10336 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
10337 insert_int (lo
, elt_size
, p
);
10340 unsigned char *p0
= p
;
10341 unsigned char *p1
= p
+ sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
10343 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
10344 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10349 insert_int (lo
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p0
);
10350 insert_int (hi
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p1
);
10355 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
10356 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
10358 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
10359 insert_float (elt
, p
);
10364 gcc_unreachable ();
10367 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, elt_size
, array
);
10372 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
10378 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, rtl
);
10379 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
10383 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
10384 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
10385 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
10386 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
10387 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
10388 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
10389 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
10390 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
10391 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
10392 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
10393 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
10397 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
10398 gcc_unreachable ();
10403 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
10404 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
10407 reference_to_unused (tree
* tp
, int * walk_subtrees
,
10408 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10410 if (! EXPR_P (*tp
) && ! GIMPLE_STMT_P (*tp
) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp
))
10411 *walk_subtrees
= 0;
10413 if (DECL_P (*tp
) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp
) && ! TREE_USED (*tp
)
10414 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
10416 else if (!flag_unit_at_a_time
)
10418 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
10419 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
10420 be conservative. */
10421 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
10422 && (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
10424 else if (DECL_P (*tp
) && TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
)
10426 struct varpool_node
*node
= varpool_node (*tp
);
10430 else if (DECL_P (*tp
) && TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
10431 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp
) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp
)))
10433 struct cgraph_node
*node
= cgraph_node (*tp
);
10437 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == STRING_CST
&& !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
10443 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
10444 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
10447 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init
, tree type
)
10449 rtx rtl
= NULL_RTX
;
10451 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
10452 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
10453 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == STRING_CST
&& TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
10455 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10456 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
10457 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
10459 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
10461 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
10462 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
10463 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
10464 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
10465 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
10466 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
,
10467 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)));
10469 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
10471 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
) || TREE_CODE (type
) == COMPLEX_TYPE
)
10473 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
10474 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
10475 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
&& TYPE_MODE (type
) == BLKmode
)
10477 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
10478 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
10479 reference variables which won't be output. */
10480 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
)
10481 && ! walk_tree (&init
, reference_to_unused
, NULL
, NULL
))
10483 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
10485 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
10486 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
10491 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init
))
10493 VEC(constructor_elt
,gc
) *elts
= CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
);
10494 bool constant_p
= true;
10496 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix
;
10498 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
10499 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
10500 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
10501 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts
, ix
, value
)
10502 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value
))
10504 constant_p
= false;
10510 init
= build_vector_from_ctor (type
, elts
);
10520 rtl
= expand_expr (init
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
10522 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
10523 gcc_assert (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
));
10529 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
10532 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
10536 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
10537 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
10538 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
10540 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
10541 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
10542 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
10543 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
10544 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
10545 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
10546 referenced within the function.
10548 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
10549 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
10550 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
10551 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
10553 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
10554 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
10555 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
10556 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
10557 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
10558 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
10560 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
10561 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
10562 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
10563 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
10564 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
10565 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
10566 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
10567 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
10568 output at debug-time.
10570 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
10571 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
10572 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
10573 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
10574 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
10575 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
10576 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
10577 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
10578 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
10579 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
10580 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
10581 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
10582 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
10584 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
10585 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
10586 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
10587 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
10588 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
10589 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
10590 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
10591 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
10592 I'd like to fix it.
10594 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
10595 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
10596 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
10597 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
10598 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
10599 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
10600 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
10601 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
10602 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
10603 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
10604 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
10606 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
10607 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
10609 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
10610 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
10611 fixed registers. */
10612 if (! reload_completed
)
10615 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
10617 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
10619 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
10620 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
10622 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
10627 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
10629 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
10631 tree declared_type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
10632 tree passed_type
= DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
);
10633 enum machine_mode dmode
= TYPE_MODE (declared_type
);
10634 enum machine_mode pmode
= TYPE_MODE (passed_type
);
10636 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
10637 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
10638 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
10639 if (dmode
== pmode
)
10640 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
10641 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode
)
10642 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
10643 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
10645 rtx inc
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
10648 else if (MEM_P (inc
))
10650 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10651 rtl
= adjust_address_nv (inc
, dmode
,
10652 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
10653 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
));
10660 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
10661 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
10662 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
10663 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
10664 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
10665 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
10667 else if (MEM_P (rtl
)
10668 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
10669 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
10670 /* Not passed in memory. */
10671 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
10672 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
10673 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
10674 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10675 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
10676 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10677 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
10680 /* Big endian correction check. */
10681 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10682 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
10683 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
10686 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
10687 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
10689 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10690 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
10693 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
10696 && GET_MODE (rtl
) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
10697 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10699 int rsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
10700 int dsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
10702 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
10703 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
10704 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
10705 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
10706 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
10707 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
10709 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10710 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), rsize
-dsize
));
10713 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
10714 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
10715 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
10716 if (!rtl
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
10717 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10720 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
10722 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
10723 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
10724 code, and thus is not emitted. */
10726 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
10731 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
10732 address ranges where a given location is valid.
10733 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
10734 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
10735 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
10736 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
10738 static const char *
10739 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl
)
10741 const char *secname
;
10743 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
10745 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
);
10746 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
10748 else if (current_function_decl
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
10750 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
);
10751 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
10753 else if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
10754 secname
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
10756 secname
= text_section_label
;
10761 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_RTX is returned.
10762 If so, the rtx for the SYMBOL_REF for the COMMON block is returned, and the
10763 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
10766 fortran_common (tree decl
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*value
)
10768 tree val_expr
, cvar
;
10769 enum machine_mode mode
;
10770 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
;
10772 int volatilep
= 0, unsignedp
= 0;
10774 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't public or static, or if
10775 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
10776 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
10777 be handled as such. */
10778 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
10779 || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
10780 || !TREE_STATIC (decl
)
10781 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl
)
10785 val_expr
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl
);
10786 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr
) != COMPONENT_REF
)
10789 cvar
= get_inner_reference (val_expr
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
,
10790 &mode
, &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, true);
10792 if (cvar
== NULL_TREE
10793 || TREE_CODE (cvar
) != VAR_DECL
10794 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar
)
10795 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar
))
10799 if (offset
!= NULL
)
10801 if (!host_integerp (offset
, 0))
10803 *value
= tree_low_cst (offset
, 0);
10806 *value
+= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
10812 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
10813 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
10814 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
10815 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
10816 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
10817 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
10818 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
10819 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
10820 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
10821 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
10824 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
,
10825 enum dwarf_attribute attr
)
10828 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
10829 var_loc_list
*loc_list
;
10830 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
10831 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
10834 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
10835 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
);
10837 /* See if we possibly have multiple locations for this variable. */
10838 loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (decl
);
10840 /* If it truly has multiple locations, the first and last node will
10842 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
!= loc_list
->last
)
10844 const char *endname
, *secname
;
10845 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
10847 enum var_init_status initialized
;
10849 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
10850 actually construct the list of locations.
10851 The first location information is what is passed to the
10852 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
10853 locations just get added on to that list.
10854 Note that we only know the start address for a location
10855 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
10856 the range [current location start, next location start].
10857 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
10858 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
10860 node
= loc_list
->first
;
10861 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
10862 secname
= secname_for_decl (decl
);
10864 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
))
10865 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->var_loc_note
);
10867 initialized
= VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
;
10869 list
= new_loc_list (loc_descriptor (varloc
, initialized
),
10870 node
->label
, node
->next
->label
, secname
, 1);
10873 for (; node
->next
; node
= node
->next
)
10874 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
10876 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
10877 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
10878 enum var_init_status initialized
=
10879 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->var_loc_note
);
10880 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
10881 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list
,
10882 loc_descriptor (varloc
, initialized
),
10883 node
->label
, node
->next
->label
, secname
);
10886 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
10887 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
10888 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
10890 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10891 enum var_init_status initialized
=
10892 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->var_loc_note
);
10894 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
10895 if (!current_function_decl
)
10896 endname
= text_end_label
;
10899 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
10900 current_function_funcdef_no
);
10901 endname
= ggc_strdup (label_id
);
10903 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list
,
10904 loc_descriptor (varloc
, initialized
),
10905 node
->label
, endname
, secname
);
10908 /* Finally, add the location list to the DIE, and we are done. */
10909 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr
, list
);
10913 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
10916 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
10917 if (rtl
&& (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
))
10919 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
10923 /* If we have tried to generate the location otherwise, and it
10924 didn't work out (we wouldn't be here if we did), and we have a one entry
10925 location list, try generating a location from that. */
10926 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
)
10928 enum var_init_status status
;
10929 node
= loc_list
->first
;
10930 status
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->var_loc_note
);
10931 descr
= loc_descriptor (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
), status
);
10934 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, descr
);
10939 /* We couldn't get any rtl, so try directly generating the location
10940 description from the tree. */
10941 descr
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl
);
10944 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, descr
);
10947 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
10948 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
10949 tree_add_const_value_attribute (die
, decl
);
10952 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
10953 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
10954 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
10957 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
10959 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
10960 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
10963 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && init
)
10968 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (init
, type
);
10970 add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, rtl
);
10973 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
10974 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
10975 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
10976 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
10979 static dw_loc_list_ref
10980 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
10983 dw_loc_list_ref list
, *list_tail
;
10985 dw_cfa_location last_cfa
, next_cfa
;
10986 const char *start_label
, *last_label
, *section
;
10988 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
10990 section
= secname_for_decl (current_function_decl
);
10994 next_cfa
.reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
10995 next_cfa
.offset
= 0;
10996 next_cfa
.indirect
= 0;
10997 next_cfa
.base_offset
= 0;
10999 start_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
11001 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
11002 advance opcodes. */
11003 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
11004 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
);
11006 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
11007 last_label
= start_label
;
11009 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
11010 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
11012 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
11013 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
11014 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
11015 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
11016 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
11018 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
11019 start_label
, last_label
, section
,
11022 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
11023 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
11024 start_label
= last_label
;
11026 last_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
11029 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
11030 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
11031 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
11032 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
11033 /* We don't handle these two in this function. It would be possible
11034 if it were to be required. */
11035 gcc_unreachable ();
11038 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
);
11042 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
11044 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
11045 start_label
, last_label
, section
,
11047 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
11048 start_label
= last_label
;
11050 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa
, offset
),
11051 start_label
, fde
->dw_fde_end
, section
,
11057 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
11058 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
11059 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
11060 before the latter is negated. */
11063 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
11067 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
11068 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
11069 offset
+= FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
11071 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
11072 offset
+= ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
11075 elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
11076 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
11078 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
11079 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
11081 gcc_assert (elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
11082 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
11084 frame_pointer_fb_offset
= -offset
;
11087 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
11088 the value of the attribute. */
11091 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
11093 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
11095 if (demangle_name_func
)
11096 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
11098 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
11102 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
11105 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
11107 const char *wd
= get_src_pwd ();
11109 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, remap_debug_filename (wd
));
11112 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
11113 a representation for that bound. */
11116 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
, tree bound
)
11118 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
11123 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
11125 if (! host_integerp (bound
, 0)
11126 || (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
11127 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
11128 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
)))))
11129 /* Use the default. */
11132 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, tree_low_cst (bound
, 0));
11136 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
11137 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
11147 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
11149 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
11150 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
11151 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
11152 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
11153 later parameter. */
11154 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
11155 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
11161 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
11162 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
11164 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
11165 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
11167 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound
);
11171 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
11172 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
11174 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
11176 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
11177 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11178 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
11179 add_AT_loc (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
11181 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
11187 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
11188 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
11191 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
)
11193 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11194 unsigned dimension_number
;
11197 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
11199 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
11200 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
11201 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
11202 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
11203 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
11204 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
11205 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
11206 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
11208 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
11209 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
11210 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
11211 gen_array_type_die. */
11212 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11213 for (dimension_number
= 0;
11214 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
;
11215 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
11218 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
11220 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
11221 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
11223 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
11226 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
11227 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
11228 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
11230 /* Define the index type. */
11231 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
11233 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
11234 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
11235 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
11236 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
11237 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
11238 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
11239 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
11242 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
11246 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
11247 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
11249 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
11250 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
11251 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
11253 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
11255 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
11258 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
11259 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
11265 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
11269 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
11274 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11277 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11278 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
11281 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
11282 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
11283 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
11284 even for bit-fields. */
11285 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
11288 gcc_unreachable ();
11291 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
11292 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
11293 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
11294 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
11295 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
11298 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
11299 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
11300 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
11303 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
11304 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
11305 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
11306 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
11307 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
11308 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
11310 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
11311 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
11312 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
11315 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
11317 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
11318 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
11319 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
11320 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
11321 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
11322 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
11324 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
11325 gcc_assert (type
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
11327 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
11328 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
11329 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
11330 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
11331 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
11334 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
11336 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
11337 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
11338 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
11339 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
11340 below must take account of these differences. */
11341 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
11342 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
11344 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
11346 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
11347 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
11351 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
11352 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
11353 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
11355 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
11358 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
11359 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
11362 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
11364 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
11365 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
11366 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
));
11368 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
11369 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
11372 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
11373 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
11376 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
11378 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
11379 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
11380 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
11383 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
11384 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
11388 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
11390 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
11392 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
11394 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
11395 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
11396 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
11398 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
11399 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
11403 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
11405 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
11407 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
11410 if (DECL_P (origin
))
11411 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
11412 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
11413 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
11415 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
11416 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
11417 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
11418 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
11419 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
11420 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
11421 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
11425 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
11428 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
11431 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
11433 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
11435 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
11437 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
11438 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
11439 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
11440 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
11443 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
11444 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11445 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11446 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
11450 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
11453 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
11455 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
11457 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
11458 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
11461 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
11462 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
11465 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
11469 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
11470 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
11472 add_name_attribute (die
, dwarf2_name (decl
, 0));
11473 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11474 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
11476 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
11477 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
11478 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
)
11479 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
11480 && !(TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_REGISTER (decl
))
11482 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
11483 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
11486 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11487 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
11488 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
11489 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
11491 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
11492 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
11493 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
11498 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
11501 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
11503 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, decl_scope_table
, scope
);
11506 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
11509 pop_decl_scope (void)
11511 VEC_pop (tree
, decl_scope_table
);
11514 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
11515 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
11516 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
11517 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
11518 the current active scope. */
11521 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11523 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
11524 tree containing_scope
;
11527 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
11528 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t
));
11530 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
11532 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
11533 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
11535 if (context_die
== lookup_decl_die (containing_scope
))
11538 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
11541 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
11542 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
11543 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
11544 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
11545 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
11547 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
11548 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
11549 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
11551 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
11552 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
11553 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
11554 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
11555 if (VEC_index (tree
, decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
11560 gcc_assert (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
11561 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
));
11563 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
11564 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
11567 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
11570 scope_die
= context_die
;
11575 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
11578 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
11580 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
11581 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
11582 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
11588 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
11589 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
11592 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
11594 return (context_die
11595 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
11596 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
11597 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_interface_type
11598 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
11599 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
));
11602 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
11603 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
11604 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
11607 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int decl_const
,
11608 int decl_volatile
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11610 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
11611 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
11613 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
11614 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
11615 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
11616 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
11617 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
|| code
== FIXED_POINT_TYPE
)
11618 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
11619 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
11621 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
11622 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
11623 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
11624 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
11625 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
11628 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
11629 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
11630 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
11633 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
11634 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
11637 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
11638 function call type. */
11640 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die
, tree decl
)
11642 enum dwarf_calling_convention value
= DW_CC_normal
;
11644 value
= targetm
.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11646 /* DWARF doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
11647 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
11648 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
11649 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we use this for the
11650 time being, following existing custom. */
11652 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)), "MAIN__"))
11653 value
= DW_CC_program
;
11655 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
11656 is not DW_CC_normal. */
11657 if (value
&& (value
!= DW_CC_normal
))
11658 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_calling_convention
, value
);
11661 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
11662 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
11663 was declared without a tag. */
11665 static const char *
11666 type_tag (const_tree type
)
11668 const char *name
= 0;
11670 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
11674 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
11675 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
11676 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
11678 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
11679 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
11681 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
11682 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
11684 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
11685 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
11686 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
11687 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
11688 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
11689 name
= lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type
), 2);
11692 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
11693 if (!name
&& t
!= 0)
11694 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
11697 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
11700 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
11701 for bit field types. */
11704 member_declared_type (const_tree member
)
11706 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
11707 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
11710 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
11711 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
11714 static const char *
11715 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
11718 const char *fnname
;
11720 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
11721 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x
));
11724 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
11726 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
11731 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
11732 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
11733 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
11736 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11738 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
11739 dw_die_ref array_die
;
11742 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
11743 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
11744 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
11745 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11746 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11749 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
11750 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
11751 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
11753 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
11755 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
11756 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
11757 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
11758 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
11761 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
11763 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
11764 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
11765 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
11768 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
11769 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
11770 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
11771 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
11772 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
11773 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
11774 for multidimensional arrays. */
11775 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
11778 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11779 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
11780 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
11781 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
11782 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11785 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
);
11787 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
11788 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
11790 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
11791 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
11792 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
11793 add_subscript_info. */
11794 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11795 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
11796 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
11798 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
11801 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
11803 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
11804 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
11807 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11808 descr_info_loc (tree val
, tree base_decl
)
11810 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
11811 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, loc2
;
11812 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
11814 if (val
== base_decl
)
11815 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address
, 0, 0);
11817 switch (TREE_CODE (val
))
11820 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
11822 if (host_integerp (val
, 0))
11823 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val
, 0));
11826 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val
));
11829 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
11832 if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
11833 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
11835 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
, size
, 0));
11837 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
11839 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 1)
11840 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 1)
11843 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
11846 add_loc_descr (&loc
,
11847 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
11848 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1),
11855 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
11858 loc2
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), base_decl
);
11861 add_loc_descr (&loc
, loc2
);
11862 add_loc_descr (&loc2
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
11884 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr
,
11885 tree val
, tree base_decl
)
11887 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
11889 if (host_integerp (val
, 0))
11891 add_AT_unsigned (die
, attr
, tree_low_cst (val
, 0));
11895 loc
= descr_info_loc (val
, base_decl
);
11899 add_AT_loc (die
, attr
, loc
);
11902 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
11903 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
11906 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type
, struct array_descr_info
*info
,
11907 dw_die_ref context_die
)
11909 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
11910 dw_die_ref array_die
;
11913 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
11914 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
11915 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
11917 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
11919 && info
->ndimensions
>= 2)
11920 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
11922 if (info
->data_location
)
11923 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_data_location
, info
->data_location
,
11925 if (info
->associated
)
11926 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_associated
, info
->associated
,
11928 if (info
->allocated
)
11929 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_allocated
, info
->allocated
,
11932 for (dim
= 0; dim
< info
->ndimensions
; dim
++)
11934 dw_die_ref subrange_die
11935 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, array_die
, NULL
);
11937 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
)
11939 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
11940 if ((is_c_family () || is_java ())
11941 && integer_zerop (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
))
11943 else if (is_fortran ()
11944 && integer_onep (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
))
11947 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
11948 info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
,
11951 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
)
11952 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
11953 info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
,
11955 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
)
11956 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_stride
,
11957 info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
,
11961 gen_type_die (info
->element_type
, context_die
);
11962 add_type_attribute (array_die
, info
->element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
11964 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
11965 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
11970 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11972 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11973 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
11975 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11976 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
11979 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
11980 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
11981 0, 0, context_die
);
11984 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11985 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
11987 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
11991 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
11992 emit full debugging info for them. */
11995 retry_incomplete_types (void)
11999 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
12000 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
12003 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
12006 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12008 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
, context_die
, type
);
12010 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
12011 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
12012 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
12015 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
12017 static enum dwarf_tag
12018 record_type_tag (tree type
)
12020 if (! lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record
)
12021 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
12023 switch (lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record (type
))
12025 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT
:
12026 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
12028 case RECORD_IS_CLASS
:
12029 return DW_TAG_class_type
;
12031 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE
:
12032 return DW_TAG_interface_type
;
12035 gcc_unreachable ();
12039 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
12042 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12044 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (record_type_tag (type
), context_die
, type
);
12046 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
12047 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
12048 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
12051 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
12054 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12056 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_union_type
, context_die
, type
);
12058 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
12059 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
12060 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
12063 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
12064 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
12065 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
12069 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12071 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
12073 if (type_die
== NULL
)
12075 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
12076 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
12077 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
12078 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
12080 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
12083 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
12085 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
12086 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
12087 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
12088 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
12092 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
12093 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
12094 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
12095 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
12097 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
12098 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
12099 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
12100 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
12102 for (link
= TYPE_VALUES (type
);
12103 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
12105 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
12106 tree value
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
12108 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
12109 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
12111 if (host_integerp (value
, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value
))))
12112 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
12113 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
12114 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
12115 values as if they were signed. That means that
12116 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
12117 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
12118 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
12119 tree_low_cst (value
, tree_int_cst_sgn (value
) > 0));
12123 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
12125 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
12126 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
12131 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
12132 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
12135 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
12136 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
12137 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
12138 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
12139 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
12140 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
12141 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
12142 argument type of some subprogram type. */
12145 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12147 dw_die_ref parm_die
12148 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
12151 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node
)))
12153 case tcc_declaration
:
12154 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node
);
12155 if (origin
!= NULL
)
12156 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
12159 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (node
);
12160 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
12161 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (node
))
12162 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12163 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, type
,
12164 TREE_READONLY (node
),
12165 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
12167 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
12168 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
12171 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
12172 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node
))
12173 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node
, DW_AT_location
);
12178 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
12179 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node
, 0, 0, context_die
);
12183 gcc_unreachable ();
12189 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
12190 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
12193 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12195 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
12198 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
12199 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
12200 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
12201 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
12204 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12207 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
12208 tree first_parm_type
;
12211 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
12213 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
12214 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
12219 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
12221 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
12222 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
12223 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
12225 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
12227 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
12228 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
12231 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
12232 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, context_die
);
12233 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
12234 && link
== first_parm_type
)
12235 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
12236 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
12238 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
12240 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
12243 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
12244 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
12245 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
12246 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
12248 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
12249 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
12250 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
12251 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
12252 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
12253 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
12256 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
12257 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
12258 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
12259 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
12260 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
12263 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12265 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12267 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
12268 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
12269 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
12270 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
12272 dw_die_ref type_die
;
12273 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member
));
12275 push_decl_scope (type
);
12276 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
12277 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
12278 gen_subprogram_die (member
, type_die
);
12279 else if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FIELD_DECL
)
12281 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
12282 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
12283 if (DECL_NAME (member
) != NULL_TREE
12284 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == UNION_TYPE
12285 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
12287 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member
), type_die
);
12288 gen_field_die (member
, type_die
);
12292 gen_variable_die (member
, type_die
);
12298 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
12299 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
12302 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
12304 dw_die_ref old_die
;
12307 int was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
12309 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
12310 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
12312 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12313 if (old_die
&& get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
12314 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
12317 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
12318 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
12319 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12321 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
12323 gen_type_die_for_member
12324 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
12327 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
12328 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
12329 current_function_decl
= decl
;
12330 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl
));
12332 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
12333 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
12334 if (! was_abstract
)
12335 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
12337 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
12341 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
12342 htab_traverse_resize().
12344 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
12345 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
12347 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12353 die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
12355 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
12359 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
12361 premark_used_types (void)
12363 if (cfun
&& cfun
->used_types_hash
)
12364 htab_traverse (cfun
->used_types_hash
, premark_used_types_helper
, NULL
);
12367 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
12371 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12373 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12374 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
12375 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
12378 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12379 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
12380 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
12382 premark_used_types ();
12384 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
12385 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
12386 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
12387 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
12388 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
12390 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
12391 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
))
12394 gcc_assert (!old_die
);
12397 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
12398 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
12399 if (!declaration
&& !origin
&& !old_die
12400 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
12401 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
12402 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12403 old_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
12405 if (origin
!= NULL
)
12407 gcc_assert (!declaration
|| local_scope_p (context_die
));
12409 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
12410 inline function. */
12411 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
12412 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
12414 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
12415 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
12419 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
12420 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
12422 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
12423 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
12424 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
12425 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
12426 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
12428 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
12429 something we have already output. */
12433 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
12434 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
12435 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
12436 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
12437 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
12438 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
12439 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
12440 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
12441 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
12442 || (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
12443 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
12444 == (unsigned) s
.line
))))
12446 subr_die
= old_die
;
12448 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
12449 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
12450 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
12451 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
12452 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
12453 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
12454 remove_child_TAG (subr_die
, DW_TAG_formal_parameter
);
12458 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
12459 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
12460 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
12461 add_AT_file (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
12462 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
12463 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
12468 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
12470 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
12471 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
12473 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
12474 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12476 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
12477 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
12478 0, 0, context_die
);
12481 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
12482 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
12483 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
12485 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
12486 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
12487 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
12488 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
12493 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
12495 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
12497 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
12498 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
12499 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
12500 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
12502 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
12503 later reused to represent definition. */
12504 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
12507 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
12509 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
12511 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
12512 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
12514 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
12518 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
12519 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
12521 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
12524 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
)
12525 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)))
12526 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
12528 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
12530 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
12532 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset
;
12534 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
12535 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
12537 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
12539 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
12540 current_function_funcdef_no
);
12541 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
12542 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
12543 current_function_funcdef_no
);
12544 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
12546 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
12547 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
12550 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
12551 hot section and ond for cold section, then use the hot/cold
12552 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
12554 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
12555 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
12556 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
12557 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
12559 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
12560 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
12561 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
12565 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12566 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
12567 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
12570 cfa_fb_offset
= CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl
);
12572 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
12573 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
12574 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
12575 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
12576 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
12577 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
12578 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
12580 /* ??? Use some command-line or configury switch to enable the use
12581 of dwarf3 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. At present there are no dwarf
12582 consumers that understand it; fall back to "pure" dwarf2 and
12583 convert the CFA data into a location list. */
12585 dw_loc_list_ref list
= convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset
);
12586 if (list
->dw_loc_next
)
12587 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
);
12589 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
->expr
);
12592 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
12593 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
12594 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
12595 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
12596 by this displacement. */
12597 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset
);
12599 if (cfun
->static_chain_decl
)
12600 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
12601 loc_descriptor_from_tree (cfun
->static_chain_decl
));
12604 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
12605 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
12606 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
12607 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
12608 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
12609 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
12610 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
12611 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
12612 an ellipsis at the end. */
12614 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
12615 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
12616 its formal parameters. */
12617 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12619 else if (declaration
)
12620 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
12623 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
12624 tree arg_decls
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
12627 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
12628 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
12629 for (parm
= arg_decls
; parm
; parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
))
12630 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
12632 if (DECL_NAME (parm
)
12633 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
)),
12634 "__builtin_va_alist"))
12635 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm
, subr_die
);
12637 gen_decl_die (parm
, subr_die
);
12640 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
12641 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
12642 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
12643 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
12644 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
12645 parameters at all. */
12646 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
12647 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
12649 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
12650 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
12651 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
12653 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
12654 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
12657 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
12658 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
12659 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
12661 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
12662 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
12663 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
12664 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
12665 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
12666 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
12667 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
12669 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
12670 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
12671 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
12672 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
12673 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
12674 constructor function. */
12675 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
12677 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
12678 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl
)))
12679 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl
), subr_die
);
12681 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
12682 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
12684 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
12685 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
12687 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
12688 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
12690 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
12691 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
12696 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
12697 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
12701 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
12704 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12708 dw_die_ref var_die
;
12709 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
12710 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12711 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
12712 /* If DECL is COMDAT and has not actually been
12713 emitted, we cannot take its address; there
12714 might end up being no definition anywhere in
12715 the program. For example, consider the C++
12719 struct S { static const int i = 7; };
12724 int f() { return S<int>::i; }
12726 Here, S<int>::i is not DECL_EXTERNAL, but no
12727 definition is required, so the compiler will
12728 not emit a definition. */
12729 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
12730 && DECL_COMDAT (decl
) && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
12731 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
12733 com_decl
= fortran_common (decl
, &off
);
12735 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
12738 ??? This creates a new common block die for every common block symbol.
12739 Better to share same common block die for all symbols in that block. */
12743 dw_die_ref com_die
;
12744 const char *cnam
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl
));
12745 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (com_decl
);
12747 field
= TREE_OPERAND (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl
), 0);
12748 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_common_block
, context_die
, decl
);
12749 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, field
);
12750 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
12751 add_AT_loc (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
12752 com_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, var_die
, decl
);
12753 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die
, decl
);
12754 add_type_attribute (com_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
12755 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
12756 add_AT_loc (com_die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
,
12757 int_loc_descriptor (off
));
12758 add_pubname_string (cnam
, var_die
); /* ??? needed? */
12762 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
12764 if (origin
!= NULL
)
12765 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
12767 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
12768 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
12770 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
12771 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
12774 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
12776 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
12777 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
12778 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
12780 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
) && ! declaration
12781 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
12783 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
12784 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
12785 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
12787 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
12788 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
12790 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
12791 add_AT_file (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
12793 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
12794 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
12799 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
12800 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
12801 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
)
12802 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl
))
12803 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12805 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
12806 add_type_attribute (var_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
12807 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
12809 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
12810 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
12812 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
12813 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
12815 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
12816 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
12817 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
12818 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
12822 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
12824 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) || declaration
)
12825 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
12827 if (! declaration
&& ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
12829 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
, DW_AT_location
);
12830 add_pubname (decl
, var_die
);
12833 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
12836 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
12839 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12841 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
12842 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
12844 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12846 if (origin
!= NULL
)
12847 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
12849 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
12851 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
12852 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
12855 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
12857 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
12858 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
12859 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
12863 && NOTE_KIND (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
12865 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
12866 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
12867 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
12868 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
12869 it if it ever does happen. */
12870 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn
));
12872 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
12873 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
12878 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
12879 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
12880 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
12883 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
12885 expanded_location s
= expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt
));
12887 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_call_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
12888 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_call_line
, s
.line
);
12892 /* If STMT's abstract origin is a function declaration and STMT's
12893 first subblock's abstract origin is the function's outermost block,
12894 then we're looking at the main entry point. */
12896 is_inlined_entry_point (const_tree stmt
)
12900 if (!stmt
|| TREE_CODE (stmt
) != BLOCK
)
12903 decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
12905 if (!decl
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
12908 block
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
12912 if (TREE_CODE (block
) != BLOCK
)
12915 block
= block_ultimate_origin (block
);
12918 return block
== DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
12921 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
12922 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
12925 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
12927 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12929 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
))
12933 if (is_inlined_entry_point (stmt
))
12935 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
12936 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
12937 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
12940 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
12942 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
12945 add_ranges (chain
);
12946 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
12953 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
12954 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
12955 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
12956 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
12957 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
12958 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
12962 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
12965 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
12967 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
12969 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
12970 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, stmt_die
);
12972 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
12975 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
12978 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
12980 tree decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
12982 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
12983 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
12984 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
12985 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
12986 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
12988 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
12990 dw_die_ref subr_die
12991 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
12993 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
12994 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
12995 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
12997 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
12998 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
13001 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
13002 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
13003 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
13004 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
13005 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
13006 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
13007 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
13008 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
13009 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
13010 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
13011 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
13013 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
13016 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
13019 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13021 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
13023 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
13026 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
13027 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
13028 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
13029 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
13032 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
13034 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
13035 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
13036 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
13039 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
13040 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
13042 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
13043 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
13045 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
13046 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
13047 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
13048 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
13050 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
13051 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
13055 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
13056 Use modified_type_die instead.
13057 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
13058 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
13061 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13064 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
13066 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
13067 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
13068 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
13071 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
13072 Use modified_type_die instead.
13073 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
13074 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
13077 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13080 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
13082 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
13083 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
13084 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
13088 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
13091 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13094 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
13095 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
13097 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
13098 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
13099 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
13100 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
13103 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
13106 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
13109 char producer
[250];
13110 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
13113 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
13117 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
13118 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
13119 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
) && filename
[0] != '<')
13120 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
13123 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
13125 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
13126 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
13127 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
13128 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
13129 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
13130 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
13131 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
13132 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13133 strcat (producer
, " -g");
13136 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
13138 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
13139 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
13140 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
13141 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
13142 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
13143 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
13144 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
13145 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran95
;
13146 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
13147 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
13148 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
13149 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
13150 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
13151 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC
;
13152 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
13153 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
13155 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
13157 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
13161 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
13164 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13166 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
13168 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
13169 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
13171 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo
))
13172 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
13174 if (access
== access_public_node
)
13175 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
13176 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
13177 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
13180 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
13183 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13186 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
13189 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
13190 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
13191 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
13192 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
13193 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
13194 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
13195 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
13196 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
13197 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
13198 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
13199 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
13201 /* First output info about the base classes. */
13204 VEC(tree
,gc
) *accesses
= BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo
);
13208 for (i
= 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo
, i
, base
); i
++)
13209 gen_inheritance_die (base
,
13210 (accesses
? VEC_index (tree
, accesses
, i
)
13211 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
13214 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
13215 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
13217 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
13218 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
13219 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
13220 do put them in the right order. */
13222 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
13224 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
13226 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
13229 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
13230 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
13232 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
13233 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
13236 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
13238 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
13240 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
13244 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
13245 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
13246 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
13249 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
13250 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
13252 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
13253 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
13255 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
13256 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
13257 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
13258 int ns_decl
= (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
13259 complete
= complete
&& should_emit_struct_debug (type
, usage
);
13261 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
13264 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
13265 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
13266 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
))
13269 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
13271 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
13272 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
13274 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
13276 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
13277 ? record_type_tag (type
) : DW_TAG_union_type
,
13279 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
13281 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
13283 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
13286 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
13288 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
13289 then give a list of members. */
13290 if (complete
&& !ns_decl
)
13292 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
13293 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
13294 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
13295 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
13296 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
13297 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
13299 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
13300 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
13301 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
13302 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
13304 push_decl_scope (type
);
13305 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
13308 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
13309 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
13311 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
13313 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
13314 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
13315 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
13320 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
13322 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
13323 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
13324 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
13325 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, incomplete_types
, type
);
13328 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
13329 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
13332 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
13335 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13337 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
13338 dw_die_ref subr_die
13339 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
13340 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
13342 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
13343 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
13344 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
13345 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
13347 if (get_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_name
))
13348 add_pubtype (type
, subr_die
);
13351 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
13354 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13356 dw_die_ref type_die
;
13359 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
13362 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
13363 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
13364 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
13365 if (origin
!= NULL
)
13366 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
13371 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
13372 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
13374 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
13376 gcc_assert (type
!= TREE_TYPE (decl
));
13377 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
13380 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
13382 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
13383 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
13386 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
13387 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
13389 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
13390 add_pubtype (decl
, type_die
);
13393 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
13396 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
13397 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
13400 struct array_descr_info info
;
13402 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
13405 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
13406 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
13408 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
13411 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
13412 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) != type
);
13414 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
13415 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), context_die
);
13419 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
13420 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
)
13421 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info
13422 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info (type
, &info
))
13424 gen_descr_array_type_die (type
, &info
, context_die
);
13425 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
13429 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
13430 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
13431 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
13432 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
13433 cloned type itself). */
13434 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
13435 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
13437 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
13440 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
13446 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
13447 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
13448 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
13449 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
13450 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
13452 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
13454 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
13455 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
13456 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
13457 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
13461 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
13462 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
13463 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
,
13464 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
13466 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
13467 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
13468 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
13470 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
13472 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
13475 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
13476 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
13477 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
13478 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
13479 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
13483 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
13484 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
13485 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
13486 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
13490 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
13494 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
13497 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
13500 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
13501 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
13502 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
13503 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
13504 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
13505 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
13506 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
13507 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
13508 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
13509 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
13511 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
, usage
);
13513 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
13516 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
13517 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
13518 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
13523 declare_in_namespace (type
, context_die
);
13527 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
13529 /* This might have been written out by the call to
13530 declare_in_namespace. */
13531 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
13532 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
13535 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
, usage
);
13540 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
13541 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
13542 when appropriate. */
13548 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
13551 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
13555 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
13559 gcc_unreachable ();
13562 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
13566 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13568 gen_type_die_with_usage (type
, context_die
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
13571 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
13574 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13576 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
13579 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
13580 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
13581 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
13583 gcc_assert (type
== type_main_variant (type
));
13585 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
13586 an instance of an unresolved type. */
13588 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
13593 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
13594 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
13598 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
);
13602 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
13603 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
13607 gcc_unreachable ();
13611 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
13612 things which are local to the given block. */
13615 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
13617 int must_output_die
= 0;
13620 enum tree_code origin_code
;
13622 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
13623 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
13626 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
13627 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
13628 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
13629 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
13633 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
13634 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
13639 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
13640 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
13641 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
13642 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
13643 the current block. */
13644 origin
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
13645 origin_code
= (origin
!= NULL
) ? TREE_CODE (origin
) : ERROR_MARK
;
13647 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
13649 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
13650 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
13651 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
13652 must_output_die
= 1;
13655 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
13656 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
13657 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
13658 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
13659 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
13660 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
13661 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
13662 if (! is_body_block (origin
? origin
: stmt
))
13664 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
13665 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
13666 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13667 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
13668 as being a "significant" one. */
13669 must_output_die
= (BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
13670 && (TREE_USED (stmt
)
13671 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
13672 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)));
13674 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
13675 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
13676 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
13677 decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
13678 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
13679 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
13681 must_output_die
= 1;
13687 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
13688 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
13689 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
13690 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
13691 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
13692 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
13693 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
13694 if (must_output_die
)
13696 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
13697 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
13699 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
13702 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
13705 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
13706 all of its sub-blocks. */
13709 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
13714 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
13715 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
13718 if (TREE_USED (stmt
))
13720 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
13721 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
13722 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
13723 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
13724 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
13728 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
13729 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
13730 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
13731 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
13735 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
13736 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
13737 /* Do not produce debug information for static variables since
13738 these might be optimized out. We are called for these later
13739 in varpool_analyze_pending_decls.
13741 But *do* produce it for Fortran COMMON variables because,
13742 even though they are static, their names can differ depending
13743 on the scope, which we need to preserve. */
13744 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
)
13745 && !(is_fortran () && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)))
13748 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
13752 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
13753 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13756 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
13757 therein) of this block. */
13758 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
13760 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
13761 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
13764 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
13767 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl
)
13769 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
13772 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
13773 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
13774 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
13775 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
13776 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
13777 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
13783 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
13786 force_decl_die (tree decl
)
13788 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
13789 unsigned saved_external_flag
;
13790 tree save_fn
= NULL_TREE
;
13791 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
13794 dw_die_ref context_die
;
13795 tree decl_context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
13798 /* Find die that represents this context. */
13799 if (TYPE_P (decl_context
))
13800 context_die
= force_type_die (decl_context
);
13802 context_die
= force_decl_die (decl_context
);
13805 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
13807 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
13811 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
13813 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
13814 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
13815 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
13816 declaration die. */
13817 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
13818 current_function_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
13819 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
13820 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
13824 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
13825 gen_decl_die() call. */
13826 saved_external_flag
= DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
);
13827 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = 1;
13828 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
13829 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = saved_external_flag
;
13832 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
13833 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
13837 gcc_unreachable ();
13840 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
13842 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
13843 gcc_assert (decl_die
);
13849 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
13850 always returned. */
13853 force_type_die (tree type
)
13855 dw_die_ref type_die
;
13857 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
13860 dw_die_ref context_die
;
13861 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
13863 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
13864 context_die
= force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
13866 context_die
= force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
13869 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
13871 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
, TYPE_READONLY (type
),
13872 TYPE_VOLATILE (type
), context_die
);
13873 gcc_assert (type_die
);
13878 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
13879 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
13882 setup_namespace_context (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13884 tree context
= (DECL_P (thing
)
13885 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing
) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing
));
13886 if (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
13887 /* Force out the namespace. */
13888 context_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
13890 return context_die
;
13893 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
13894 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
13896 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
13897 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
13900 declare_in_namespace (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13902 dw_die_ref ns_context
;
13904 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13907 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
13908 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
13909 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
13910 if (DECL_P (thing
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing
))
13913 ns_context
= setup_namespace_context (thing
, context_die
);
13915 if (ns_context
!= context_die
)
13917 if (DECL_P (thing
))
13918 gen_decl_die (thing
, ns_context
);
13920 gen_type_die (thing
, ns_context
);
13924 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
13927 gen_namespace_die (tree decl
)
13929 dw_die_ref context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die
);
13931 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
13932 they are an alias of. */
13933 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL
)
13935 /* Output a real namespace. */
13936 dw_die_ref namespace_die
13937 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace
, context_die
, decl
);
13938 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
13939 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
13943 /* Output a namespace alias. */
13945 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
13946 dw_die_ref origin_die
13947 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
13949 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
13950 dw_die_ref namespace_die
13951 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, context_die
, decl
);
13952 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
13953 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die
, DW_AT_import
, origin_die
);
13954 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
13958 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
13961 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13965 if (DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
13968 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
13974 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
13975 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
13978 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
13979 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
13980 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
13981 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
&& DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
13982 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)))
13987 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
13988 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
13989 if (current_function_decl
!= decl
)
13990 /* This is only a declaration. */;
13993 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
13994 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
13995 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
13997 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
13998 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
13999 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
14000 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
14001 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
14002 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
14003 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
14004 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
14005 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
14007 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
14008 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
14011 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
14012 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
14014 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
14015 have described its return type. */
14016 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
14018 /* And its virtual context. */
14019 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
14020 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
14022 /* And its containing type. */
14023 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
14024 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
14025 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
14027 /* And its containing namespace. */
14028 declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
14031 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
14032 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
14036 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
14037 actual typedefs. */
14038 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
14041 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
14042 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
14043 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
14044 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
14045 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
14046 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
14047 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
14048 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
14050 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
14054 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
14055 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
14057 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
14058 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
14062 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
14063 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
14068 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
14069 variable declarations or definitions. */
14070 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
14073 /* If this is the global definition of the Fortran COMMON block, we don't
14074 need to do anything. Syntactically, the block itself has no identity,
14075 just its constituent identifiers. */
14076 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
14077 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
14078 && TREE_STATIC (decl
)
14080 && !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl
))
14083 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
14085 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
&& DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl
))
14086 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
14088 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
14090 /* And its containing type. */
14091 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
14092 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
14093 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
14095 /* And its containing namespace. */
14096 declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
14098 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
14099 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
14100 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
14102 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
14103 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
14104 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
14106 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
);
14110 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
14111 anonymous unions and structs. */
14112 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
14113 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
14114 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
14116 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
14117 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
14122 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl
))
14123 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
14125 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
14126 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
14129 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
14130 gen_namespace_die (decl
);
14134 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
14135 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
);
14140 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
14141 compilation proper has finished. */
14144 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
14146 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
14147 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
14148 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
14149 definitions which have not yet been forced out.
14151 Ignore the global decl of any Fortran COMMON blocks which also wind up here
14152 though they have already been described in the local scope for the
14153 procedures using them. */
14154 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
14155 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
) && TREE_STATIC (decl
) && is_fortran ())
14158 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
14159 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
14162 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
14163 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
14165 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl
, int local
)
14168 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
14171 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl. */
14174 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl
, tree context
)
14176 dw_die_ref imported_die
, at_import_die
;
14177 dw_die_ref scope_die
;
14178 expanded_location xloc
;
14180 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
14185 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
14186 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
14189 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
14190 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
14192 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
14193 else if (TYPE_P (context
))
14195 if (!should_emit_struct_debug (context
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
14197 scope_die
= force_type_die (context
);
14200 scope_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
14202 /* For TYPE_DECL or CONST_DECL, lookup TREE_TYPE. */
14203 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == CONST_DECL
)
14205 if (is_base_type (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
14206 at_import_die
= base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
14208 at_import_die
= force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
14212 at_import_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
14213 if (!at_import_die
)
14215 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
14216 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
14217 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
)
14219 tree type
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
14220 dw_die_ref type_context_die
;
14222 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
14223 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
14225 if (!should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
),
14226 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
14228 type_context_die
= force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
14231 type_context_die
= force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
14233 type_context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
14234 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, decl
, type_context_die
);
14236 at_import_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
14240 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
14241 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
14242 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module
, scope_die
, context
);
14244 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, scope_die
, context
);
14246 xloc
= expand_location (input_location
);
14247 add_AT_file (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (xloc
.file
));
14248 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, xloc
.line
);
14249 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die
, DW_AT_import
, at_import_die
);
14252 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
14255 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
14257 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
14259 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
14264 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
14265 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
14266 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
14267 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
14268 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
14269 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
14270 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
14271 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
14272 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
14273 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
14274 with the definition of the function.
14276 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
14277 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
14278 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
14279 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
14280 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
14281 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
14282 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
14283 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
14284 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
14285 that they *are* definitions).
14287 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
14288 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
14289 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
14290 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
14291 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
14292 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
14295 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
14296 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
14297 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
14298 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
14299 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
14300 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
14301 context_die
= NULL
;
14305 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
14306 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
14307 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
14308 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
14309 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
14310 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
14311 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
14312 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
14313 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
14316 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
14317 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
14318 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
14320 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
14321 variable declarations or definitions. */
14322 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
14326 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
14327 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
14329 if (lookup_decl_die (decl
) != NULL
)
14334 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
14335 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
14338 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
14339 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
14340 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
))
14342 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
14343 comparisons have. */
14345 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
14346 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
14347 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
14352 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
14353 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
14356 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
14357 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
14358 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
14359 context_die
= NULL
;
14367 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
14370 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
14371 a lexical block. */
14374 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14375 unsigned int blocknum
)
14377 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
14378 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
14381 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
14385 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
14387 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
14388 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
14391 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
14392 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
14394 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
14395 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
14396 we may end up calling them anyway. */
14399 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block
)
14403 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
14404 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
14405 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
14411 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
14414 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p
, const void *p2_p
)
14416 const struct dwarf_file_data
* p1
= p1_p
;
14417 const char * p2
= p2_p
;
14418 return strcmp (p1
->filename
, p2
) == 0;
14422 file_table_hash (const void *p_p
)
14424 const struct dwarf_file_data
* p
= p_p
;
14425 return htab_hash_string (p
->filename
);
14428 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
14429 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
14430 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
14431 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
14432 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
14433 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
14434 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
14435 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
14436 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
14439 static struct dwarf_file_data
*
14440 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
14443 struct dwarf_file_data
* created
;
14445 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
14446 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
14447 if (file_table_last_lookup
14448 && (file_name
== file_table_last_lookup
->filename
14449 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup
->filename
, file_name
) == 0))
14450 return file_table_last_lookup
;
14452 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
14453 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table
, file_name
,
14454 htab_hash_string (file_name
), INSERT
);
14458 created
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (struct dwarf_file_data
));
14459 created
->filename
= file_name
;
14460 created
->emitted_number
= 0;
14465 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
14466 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
14467 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
14468 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
14469 types, which may include filenames. */
14472 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
* fd
)
14474 if (! fd
->emitted_number
)
14476 if (last_emitted_file
)
14477 fd
->emitted_number
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
+ 1;
14479 fd
->emitted_number
= 1;
14480 last_emitted_file
= fd
;
14482 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
14484 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ", fd
->emitted_number
);
14485 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
14486 remap_debug_filename (fd
->filename
));
14487 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
14491 return fd
->emitted_number
;
14494 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
14495 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
14496 our lookup table. */
14499 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note
)
14501 char loclabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
14502 struct var_loc_node
*newloc
;
14504 static rtx last_insn
;
14505 static const char *last_label
;
14508 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
)))
14510 prev_insn
= PREV_INSN (loc_note
);
14512 newloc
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct var_loc_node
));
14513 /* If the insn we processed last time is the previous insn
14514 and it is also a var location note, use the label we emitted
14516 if (last_insn
!= NULL_RTX
14517 && last_insn
== prev_insn
14518 && NOTE_P (prev_insn
)
14519 && NOTE_KIND (prev_insn
) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
)
14521 newloc
->label
= last_label
;
14525 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
14526 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
14528 newloc
->label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
14530 newloc
->var_loc_note
= loc_note
;
14531 newloc
->next
= NULL
;
14533 if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
14534 newloc
->section_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
14536 newloc
->section_label
= text_section_label
;
14538 last_insn
= loc_note
;
14539 last_label
= newloc
->label
;
14540 decl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
);
14541 add_var_loc_to_decl (decl
, newloc
);
14544 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
14545 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
14546 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
14547 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
14550 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun
)
14552 htab_empty (decl_loc_table
);
14554 if (function_section (fun
) != text_section
)
14555 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
14557 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
14560 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
14561 and record information relating to this source line, in
14562 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
14565 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
)
14567 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
14570 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
14572 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
14574 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
14575 if (flag_debug_asm
)
14576 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
14579 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
14581 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
14582 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num
, line
);
14584 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
14585 line_info_table_in_use
++;
14587 else if (function_section (current_function_decl
) != text_section
)
14589 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
14590 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
,
14591 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
14592 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
14594 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
14595 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
14596 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
14598 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
14599 separate_line_info_table
14600 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table
,
14601 separate_line_info_table_allocated
14602 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
));
14603 memset (separate_line_info_table
14604 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
,
14606 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
14607 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
14610 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
14612 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
14613 line_info
->dw_file_num
= file_num
;
14614 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
14615 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
14619 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
14621 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
14622 line_info_table_in_use
);
14624 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
14625 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
14627 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
14629 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table
,
14630 (line_info_table_allocated
14631 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
)));
14632 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
14633 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
14636 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
14637 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
14638 line_info
->dw_file_num
= file_num
;
14639 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
14644 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
14647 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
14649 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
14651 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
14652 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
14654 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
14655 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, remap_debug_filename (filename
));
14658 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
14660 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
14662 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
14663 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
14664 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
14667 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num
, "file %s", filename
);
14671 /* Record the end of a source file. */
14674 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14676 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
14677 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
14678 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
14680 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
14682 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
14683 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
14687 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
14688 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
14689 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
14692 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14693 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14695 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
14697 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
14698 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
14699 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
14700 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
14704 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
14705 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
14706 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
14709 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14710 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14712 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
14714 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
14715 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
14716 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
14717 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
14721 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
14724 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14726 /* Allocate the file_table. */
14727 file_table
= htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash
,
14728 file_table_eq
, NULL
);
14730 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
14731 decl_die_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash
,
14732 decl_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
14734 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
14735 decl_loc_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash
,
14736 decl_loc_table_eq
, NULL
);
14738 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
14739 decl_scope_table
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 256);
14741 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
14742 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
14743 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
14744 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
14745 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
14746 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
14748 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
14749 line_info_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
14750 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
14751 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
14753 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
14754 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
14756 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
14757 pubname_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
14758 pubtype_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
14760 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
14761 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
14762 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
14763 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
14764 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
14765 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
14766 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
14768 incomplete_types
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 64);
14770 used_rtx_array
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, gc
, 32);
14772 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
,
14773 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
14774 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
,
14775 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
14776 debug_aranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
,
14777 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
14778 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
,
14779 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
14780 debug_line_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
,
14781 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
14782 debug_loc_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
,
14783 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
14784 debug_pubnames_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
,
14785 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
14786 #ifdef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
14787 debug_pubtypes_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
,
14788 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
14790 debug_str_section
= get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
,
14791 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
, NULL
);
14792 debug_ranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
,
14793 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
14794 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
14795 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
14797 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
14798 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
14799 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
14800 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
14801 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label
,
14802 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
14803 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
14805 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
14806 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
14807 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
14808 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
14809 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
14810 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
14811 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
14812 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
14813 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
14814 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
14815 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
14816 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
14818 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
14820 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
14821 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
14822 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
14823 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
14826 switch_to_section (text_section
);
14827 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
14828 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
14830 cold_text_section
= unlikely_text_section ();
14831 switch_to_section (cold_text_section
);
14832 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, cold_text_section_label
);
14836 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
14837 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
14840 output_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14842 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
14844 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
14846 switch_to_section (debug_str_section
);
14847 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
14848 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
14854 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
14855 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
14858 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die
)
14862 gcc_assert (! die
->die_mark
);
14863 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, verify_marks_clear (c
));
14865 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
14867 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
14868 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
14871 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
14877 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unmark_dies (c
));
14880 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
14881 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
14884 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
14889 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
14891 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
14893 /* A reference to another DIE.
14894 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
14895 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
14897 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
14898 accounts properly for it. */
14899 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
14900 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
= 0;
14905 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
14906 to DIE's children. */
14909 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
14913 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
14915 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
14918 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
14919 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
14920 if (die
->die_parent
)
14921 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
14923 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
14924 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
14926 /* If this node is a specification,
14927 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
14928 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
14929 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
14932 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
14934 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
14935 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
14938 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
14939 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
14940 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
)
14941 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1));
14943 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
14948 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
14951 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
14955 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
14959 switch (die
->die_tag
)
14961 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
14962 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
14963 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
14964 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
14965 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
14966 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
14967 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
14968 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
14969 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
14970 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
14971 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
14972 case DW_TAG_friend
:
14973 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
14974 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
14975 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
14976 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
14977 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
14978 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
14979 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
14980 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
14981 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
14984 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
14988 /* Mark everything else. */
14994 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
14995 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
14997 /* Mark children. */
14998 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
15001 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
15005 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die
)
15010 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
15011 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
15013 struct indirect_string_node
*s
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
15015 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
15016 twice in the hash table. */
15018 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) ? 1 : 2))
15021 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, s
->str
,
15022 htab_hash_string (s
->str
),
15024 gcc_assert (*slot
== NULL
);
15030 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
15033 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
15037 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
15038 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die
);
15040 if (! die
->die_child
)
15043 c
= die
->die_child
;
15045 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
15046 for (c
= c
->die_sib
; ! c
->die_mark
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
15047 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
15049 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
15051 /* No marked children at all. */
15052 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
15055 prev
->die_sib
= c
->die_sib
;
15056 die
->die_child
= prev
;
15061 if (c
!= prev
->die_sib
)
15063 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
15064 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
15068 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
15071 prune_unused_types (void)
15074 limbo_die_node
*node
;
15077 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
15078 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
15079 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die
);
15080 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
15081 verify_marks_clear (node
->die
);
15082 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
15084 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
15085 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die
);
15086 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
15087 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
15089 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
15090 pubname_table or arange_table. */
15091 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
, i
, pub
); i
++)
15092 prune_unused_types_mark (pub
->die
, 1);
15093 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
15094 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
15096 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
15097 if (debug_str_hash
)
15098 htab_empty (debug_str_hash
);
15099 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die
);
15100 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
15101 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
15103 /* Leave the marks clear. */
15104 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
15105 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
15106 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
15109 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
15112 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot
, void *param
)
15115 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= *slot
;
15116 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d
->filename
))
15124 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
15125 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
15128 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
15130 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
15131 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
15133 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
15134 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
15135 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die
, remap_debug_filename (filename
));
15136 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
))
15137 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
15138 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
15141 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_table_relative_p
, &p
);
15143 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
15146 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
15147 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
15148 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
15149 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
15151 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
15153 next_node
= node
->next
;
15156 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
15158 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
15161 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
15162 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
15164 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
15165 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
15166 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
15169 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
15170 nested function can be optimized away, which results
15171 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
15172 with the return type of that nested function. Force
15173 this to be a child of the containing function.
15175 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
15176 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
15177 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
15178 the function is likely unreachable too. */
15179 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
15181 gcc_assert (node
->created_for
);
15183 if (DECL_P (node
->created_for
))
15184 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
15185 else if (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
))
15186 context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
15188 gcc_assert (context
15189 && (TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
15190 || TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
));
15192 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
15194 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
15196 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
15201 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
15203 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
15204 emit full debugging info for them. */
15205 retry_incomplete_types ();
15207 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
15208 prune_unused_types ();
15210 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
15211 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
15212 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
15213 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
15215 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
15216 that have children. */
15217 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
15218 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
15219 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
15221 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
15222 switch_to_section (text_section
);
15223 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
15224 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
15226 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
15227 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
15230 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
15232 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
15234 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
15235 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
15240 unsigned fde_idx
= 0;
15242 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
15243 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
15244 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
15245 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
15246 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
15247 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, const0_rtx
);
15248 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
15250 add_AT_range_list (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_ranges
,
15251 add_ranges_by_labels (text_section_label
,
15253 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
15254 add_ranges_by_labels (cold_text_section_label
,
15257 for (fde_idx
= 0; fde_idx
< fde_table_in_use
; fde_idx
++)
15259 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_idx
];
15261 if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
15263 add_ranges_by_labels (fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
15264 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
);
15265 add_ranges_by_labels (fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
15266 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
);
15269 add_ranges_by_labels (fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
15276 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
15277 if (have_location_lists
)
15279 /* Output the location lists info. */
15280 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section
);
15281 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
15282 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
15283 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
15284 output_location_lists (die
);
15287 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
15288 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
15289 debug_line_section_label
);
15291 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
15292 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
15294 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
15295 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
15296 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
15297 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
15299 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, 0);
15301 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
15302 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
15303 output_abbrev_section ();
15305 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
15306 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
))
15308 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section
);
15309 output_pubnames (pubname_table
);
15312 #ifdef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
15313 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
15314 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubtype_table
))
15316 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section
);
15317 output_pubnames (pubtype_table
);
15321 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
15322 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
15323 if (fde_table_in_use
)
15325 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section
);
15329 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
15330 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
15332 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section
);
15333 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
15337 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
15338 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
15339 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
15340 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
15341 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
15342 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
15343 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
15345 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
15346 output_line_info ();
15349 /* Have to end the macro section. */
15350 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
15352 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
15353 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
15356 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
15358 if (debug_str_hash
)
15359 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
15363 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
15364 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
;
15366 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
15368 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"